Home

"all in one"

1. Figure 6 3 System bus physical connections with the OPT D1 board Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 69 6 5 3 Optical fibre connection between frequency converters with OPT D2 The OPT D2 board in the Master has the default jumper selections i e X6 1 2 X5 1 2 For the followers the jumper positions have to be changed X6 1 2 X5 2 3 This board also has a CAN communication option that is useful for multiple drive monitoring with NCDrive PC software when commissioning Master Follower functions or line systems Figure 6 4 System bus physical connections with the OPT D2 board For information on OPT D1 and OPT D2 expander board parameters see Vacon Option Board User s Manual document code ud00741 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 70 VACON MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION 6 6 Multi purpose Control Application Parameter lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups Each parameter includes a link to the respective parameter description The parameter descriptions are given on pages 121 to 214 Column explanations Code Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Parameter Name of parameter Min Minimum value of p
2. Be ABSOLUTELY sure not to connect two functions to one and same output in order to avoid function overruns and to ensure flawless WARNING operation Note The nputs unlike the outputs cannot be changed in RUN state 6 4 3 Defining unused inputs outputs All unused inputs and outputs must be given the board slot value 0 and the value 1 also for the ter minal number The value 0 1 is also the default value for most of the functions However if you want to use the values of a digital input signal for e g testing purposes only you can set the board slot value to 0 and the terminal number to any number between 2 10 to place the input to a TRUE state In other words the value 1 corresponds to open contact and values 2 to 10 to closed contact In case of analogue inputs giving the value 1 for the terminal number corresponds to 0 signal level value 2 corresponds to 20 value 3 to 30 and so on Giving value 10 for the terminal number corresponds to 100 signal level 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 68 VACON MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION 6 5 Master Follower function NXP only The Master Follower function is designed for applications in which the system is run by several NXP drives and the motor shafts are coupled to each other via gearing chain belt etc It is recommended that the Closed Loop control mode be used The external Start
3. 852 to 859 Fieldbus data out selections 1 to 8 6 2 9 3 to 2 9 10 Using these parameters you can monitor any monitoring or parameter value from the fieldbus Enter the ID number of the item you wish to monitor for the value of these parameters See chapter 9 6 Some typical values 1 Output frequency 15 Digital inputs 1 2 3 statuses 2 Motor speed 16 Digital inputs 4 5 6 statuses 3 Motor current 17 Digital and relay output statuses 4 Motor torque 25 Frequency reference 5 Motor power 26 Analogue output current 6 Motor voltage 27 AI3 7 DC link voltage 28 Al4 8 Unit temperature 31 A01 expander board 9 Motor temperature 32 AO2 expander board 13 All 37 Active fault 1 14 Motor current drive independent Al2 45 given with one decimal point Table 8 15 See also chapter 6 6 1 for more monitoring values 876 to 883 Fieldbus data IN selections 7 to 8 Using these parameters you can control any parameter or some monitoring values from the fieldbus Enter the ID number of the item you wish to control for the value of these parameters See Table 6 3 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 194 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 Number of auxiliary drives 7 2 9 1 With this parameter the number of auxiliary drives in use will be defined The functions controlling the auxiliary drives parameters ID458 to ID462
4. Number of tries after Table 4 10 Autorestart parameters 62 8 4 4 10 Keypad control Control keypad Menu M3 The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the product s user s manual Parameter 1 1 0 terminal Control place 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 0 Forward 1 Reverse 0 Limited function of Stop button gi DERON 1 Stop button always enabled Table 4 11 Keypad control parameters M3 44 11 System menu Control keypad M For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter such as application and language selection customised parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see the product s user s manual 4 4 12 Expander boards Control keypad Menu M7 The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board related information For more information see the product s user s manual Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 PID CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 6 49 5 PID CONTROL APPLICATION Software code ASFIFF05 5 1 Introduction Select the PID Control Application in menu M6 on page 56 2 In the PID Control Application there are two O terminal control places place A is the PID controller and source B is the direct frequency reference The control place A or B is selected with digital input DIN6 The PID controller ref
5. gt STOP STA A From forward to reverse Analogue input V mA 0 10V 20mA Min freq ID101 Ref scaling min ID303 0Hz Par ID321 Par ID322 i Sleep limit 90 ID385 7 Joystick hysteresis NX12k99 ID384 20 Figure 8 35 Example of sleep limit function Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 157 386 388 393 994 395 396 397 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com Frequency reference Hz REVERSE FORWARD 50 50 Reference scaling max ID304 70Hz From reverse to forward Max freq ID102 50Hz From forward to reverse Analogue input V mA 0 10V 20mA Min freq ID101 Ref scaling min ID303 0Hz di li ID322 0 90 Joystick hysteresis ID384 20 NX12k95 Figure 8 36 Joystick hysteresis with minimum frequency at 35Hz A 1 sleep delay 6 2 2 2 10 This parameter defines the time the analogue input signal has to stay under the sleep limit determined with parameter D385 in order to stop the frequency converter Al2 signal selection 234567 2 2 9 2 2 21 2 2 3 1 Connect the Al2 signal to the analogue input of your choice with this parameter For more information about the TTF programming method see chapter 6 4 A 2 reference scaling minimum value 6 2 2 3 6 A 2 reference scaling maximum value 6 223 7 Additional reference scaling If t
6. Start Place B progr par 2 2 6 2 I O reverse par 2 2 6 11 DINI G e Internal reverse Programmable 3 3 Keypad direction k 1 i gt 1 E NX12 lt 06 18 Internal fault reset Reset from the fieldbus gt 1 A1 PID reference I O A A2 PID reference 2 I O A B Direct frequency reference I O B Figure 7 3 Control signal logic of the Pump and Fan Control Application Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 6 99 7 4 Short description of function and essential parameters 7 4 1 Automatic changing between drives Autochange P2 9 24 The Autochange function allows the starting and stopping order of drives controlled by the pump and fan automatics to be changed at desired intervals The drive controlled by frequency converter can also be included in the automatic changing and locking sequence P2 9 25 The Autochange function makes it possible to equalize the run times of the motors and to prevent e g pump stalls due to too long running breaks e Apply the Autochange function with parameter 2 9 24 Autochange e The autochange takes place when the time set with parameter 2 9 26 Autochange interval has expired and the capacity used is below the level defined with parameter 2 9 28 Autochange frequency limit e The running drives are stopped and re started according to the new order e External contactors controlled through the relay outpu
7. Table 6 3 Monitoring values NXP drives 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 72 VACON MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION 6 6 1 1 Digital input statuses D15 and D16 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 status DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 status bU DIN 2 DIN6 b1 DIN2 DIN5 b2 DIN1 DIN4 6 6 1 2 Digital input statuses D56 and D57 DIN StatusWord 1 DIN StatusWord 2 bU DIN A 1 DIN C 5 b1 DIN A 2 DIN C 6 b2 DIN A 3 DIN D 1 b3 DIN A 4 DIN D 2 b4 DIN A 5 DIN D 3 b5 DIN A 6 DIN D 4 b DIN B 1 DIN D 5 b7 DIN B 2 DIN D 6 b8 DIN B 3 DIN E 1 b9 DIN B 4 DIN E 2 b10 DIN B 5 DIN E 3 b11 DIN B 6 DIN E 4 b12 DIN C 1 DIN E 5 b13 DIN C 2 DIN E 6 b14 DIN C 3 b15 DIN C 4 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 6 73 6 6 2 Application Status Word combines different drive statuses to one data word see Monitoring Value V1 21 4 Status Word Status Word is visible on keypad in Multi Purpose application only The Status Word of any other application can be read with the NCDrive PC software Application Status Word Application Status Word Application Status Word Standard Loc Rem Multi Step PID MP bU b1 Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready b2 Run Run Run Run Run b3 Fault Fault
8. Enable PID keypad ref 2 DIN5 13 DIN2 Motor DIN3 potentiomete 2 7 PID reference AN Al2 Z 0 ra a a a 3 K A a 4 B A 5 it BRAG S 52 1 i O TE 11 i AB 1 Internal 2 1 Keypad l frequency ref Fieldb 4 F le us 5 f 1 Reference from fieldbus i i Reet bution Start Stop from fieldbus i Direction from fieldbus E ee l Start Stop buttons 555 0 edece DIN1 5 Internal Start Stop Se L U DIN2 i DIN OA SSS E Tt Internal reverse DIN5 3 3 Key pad direction DT Internal fault reset Fault reset input programmable gt 1 DINS NX12k04 fh8 Figure 9 1 Control signal logic of the PID Control Application 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 52 VACON PID CONTROL APPLICATION 5 4 PID Application Parameter lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups Each parameter includes a link to the respective parameter description The parameter descriptions are given on pages 121 to 214 Column explanations Code Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present param number Parameter Name of parameter Min Minimum value of parameter Max Maximum value of parameter Unit Unit of parameter value Given if available Default Value preset by factory Cust Customer s own setting ID ID number of the parameter In parameter row Use TTF method
9. Al EM i o ES DT DIN 1 E FS pan Internal frequency D E f 1 reference DIN i l l i p i i 1 1 i U Reset butto Reference from fieldbus Start Stop buttons i Start Stop from fieldbus Direction from fieldbus DINE Start forward Programmable Start Stop Internal Start Stop programmable Start Stop and DIN reverse logic Start reverse programmable 9 i Reverse 3 3 Keypad direction OLL l nternal fault reset DIN Q Fault reset input gt 1 programmable NX1 2k103 fh8 Figure 6 1 Control signal logic of the Multi purpose Control Application 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 66 VACON MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION 6 4 Terminal To Function TTF programming principle The programming principle of the input and output signals in the Multipurpose Control Application as well as in the Pump and Fan Control Application and partly in the other applications is differ ent compared to the conventional method used in other Vacon NX applications In the conventional programming method Function to Terminal Programming Method FTT you have a fixed input or output that you define a certain function for The applications mentioned above however use the Terminal to Function Programming method TTF in which the programming pro cess is carried out the other way round Functions appear as parameters which the operator def
10. O Controller switched off 1 Controller switched on no ramping Minor adjustments of OP frequency are made 2 Controller switched on with ramping Controller adjusts OP freq up to max freq When a value other than 0 is selected also the Closed Loop overvoltage controller becomes active in Multi Purpose Control application Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 177 608 609 610 671 612 613 614 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com Undervoltage controller 234567 2 6 11 See par ID607 Note Over undervoltage trips may occur when controllers are switched out of operation O Controller switched off 1 Controller switched on no ramping Minor adjustments of output frequency are made 2 Controller switched on with ramping Controller adjusts output frequency up to zero speed NXP only When a value other than 0 is selected also the Closed Loop undervoltage control becomes active in the Multi Purpose Control application Torque limit 6 2 10 1 With this parameter you can set the torque limit control between 0 0 300 0 In the Multi Purpose Control application the torque limit is selected between the minimum of this parameter and the motoring and generating torque limits D1287 and ID1288 Torque limit control P gain 6 2 10 1 This parameter defines the gain of the torque limit controller It is used in Open Loop contr
11. Table 6 16 Limit settings 62 3 4 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 82 VACON MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION 6 6 9 5 Parameter ax Unit Default Cust Note Analogue output 1 0 1 E10 A1 TTF programming See signal selection chapter 6 4 0 Not used 20 mA 10 V 1 0utput freq 0 fmax 2 Freq reference 0 fmax 3 Motor speed 0 Motor nominal speed 4 Motor current O I motor 5 Motor torque 0 T motor 6 Motor power 0 P motor 7 Motor voltage 0 U motor Analogue output 1 15 1 307 8 DC link volt 0 1000V function 9 AM 10 Al2 11 Output freq fmin fmax 12 Motor torque 2 2xT gal 13 Motor power 2 2xT uod 14 PT100 temperature 15 FB analogue output ProcessData4 NXS PINS gupur 10 00 s 1 00 0 No filtering filter time Analogue output 1 1 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted Analogue output 1 1 0 0 mA 0 V minimum 1 4 mA 2 V Analogue output 1 10 1000 100 scale Analogue output 1 100 00 100 00 offset Table 6 17 Analogue output 1 parameters 62 3 5 6 6 5 6 Analogue output 2 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 6 Parameter Default Analogue output 2 TTF programming See 0 1 E 10 0 1 signal selection chapter 6 4 function filter time Analogue output 2 0 Not inverted i 3 1 474 inversion 1 Inverted Analogue output 2 1 475 0 0 mA 0 V minimum 1 4 mA 2 V scale AOUS SME a onan 477 offset Table 6 18 Analogue output 2
12. DC braking time at start 234567 2 4 11 DC brake is activated when the start command is given This parameter defines the time for how long DC current is fed to motor before acceleration starts DC brake current is used at start in order to premagnetize the motor before running This will improve the torque performance at start Varying between 100 ms to 3 s the time needed depends on motor size A bigger motor requires a longer time See par ID507 NOTE When Flying Start see par D505 is used as start function DC braking at start is disabled Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 173 518 Acceleration deceleration ramp speed scaling ratio between prohibit frequency limits 29457 25 3 2 5 7 Defines the acceleration deceleration time when the output frequency is between the selected prohibit frequency range limits parameters ID509 to D514 The ramping speed selected acceleration deceleration time 1 or 2 is multiplied with this factor E g value 0 1 makes the acceleration time 10 times shorter than outside the prohibit frequency range limits fout Hz Par ID518 0 2 Par ID510 ID512 ID514 a Par ID509 Par ID518 1 2 ID511 1D513 Time s NX12k81 Figure 8 47 Ramp speed scaling between prohibit frequencies 519 Flux braking current 234567 2 4 13 Defines the flux braking current value The value setting range depends on the used application
13. P2 6 14 17 Current control P gain Table 2 8 Motor control parameters G2 6 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 STANDARD APPLICATION VACON 6 21 2 4 8 Protections Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 7 Parameter 0 No response 1 Warning Response to 4mA 0 5 0 700 2 Warning Previous Freq reference fault 3 Wrng PresetFreq 2 7 2 4 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting frequency P273 Response to 0 No response Q external fault 1 Warning Input phase 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 P2 7 4 supervision 3 Fault stop by coasting P275 Response to 0 Fault stored in history aa undervoltage fault 1 Fault not stored P276 Output phase supervision 0 No response Earth fault 1 warning p278 Thermal protection ak 3 Fault stop by coasting of the motor E soo ve ep pep temperature factor at zero speed constant P2 7 12 Motor duty cycle 0 150 10 708 an No response P2 7 13 Stall protection aed ia acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P2 7 14 Stallcurrent 000 2x4 A a qmpo P2 7 15 Stalltimelimit 1 00 120 00 s 15 00 m S P2 7 16 Stallfrequency limit 10 P21 2 Hz 250 Jp i 0 No response 1 1 Warning P2 7 17 Underload protection 3 713 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting payag Tie weakening 10 150 50 714 area load P2 7 19 Zerofrequencyload 5 0 1500 100 7i5 Underload P2 7 20 protection time limi
14. The frequency value to be supervised with the parameter ID350 Give the value in percent of the scale between the minimum and maximum frequencies External brake off delay 34567 2 3 18 2 3 4 9 2 3 2 9 External brake on delay 34567 2 3 19 2 3 4 10 2 3 2 10 The function of the external brake can be timed to the start and stop control signals with these parameters See Figure 8 24 and chapter 9 1 on page 215 The brake control signal can be programmed via the digital output DO1 or via one of the relay outputs RO1 and RO2 see parameters 1D312 to ID314 applications 3 4 5 or ID445 applications 6 and 7 The brake on delay is ignored when the unit is reaching a stop state after a rampdown or if stopped by coasting a b torr ID352 toy ID353 torr ID352 toy Par ID353 External A External BRAKE OFF DO1 RO1 BRAKE OFF 1 DO1 RO1 ON RO2 ON RO2 DIN1 RUN FWD DIN1 START STOP PULSE DIN2 RUN REV STOP t DIN2 STOP p PULSE NX12K45 Figure 8 24 External brake control a Start Stop logic selection ID300 0 1 or 2 b Start Stop logic selection ID300 3 Frequency converter temperature limit supervision 34567 2 3 20 2 3 4 11 2 3 2 11 O No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision If the temperature of the frequency converter unit falls below or exceeds the set limit 1D355 this function generates a message through a digital output depending
15. U Note also used connection Delta Star 171 Nominal frequency of the motor 2 7 2 1 7 Find this value f on the rating plate of the motor This parameter sets the field weakening point ID602 to the same value 112 Nominal speed of the motor 2 8 2 1 8 Find this value n on the rating plate of the motor 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 124 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 113 114 117 118 119 Nominal current of the motor 2 9 2 1 9 Find this value on the rating plate of the motor If magnetization current is provided set also par D612 before making the Identification run NXP only Stop button activated 3 4 3 6 If you wish to make the Stop button a hotspot which always stops the drive regardless of the selected control place give this parameter the value 1 See also parameter ID125 1 0 frequency reference selection 12346 2 14 2 1 11 Defines which frequency reference source is selected when controlled from the 1 0 control place Applic 1to4 6 Sel 0 Analogue input 1 Al1 Analogue input 1 All See 10277 1 Anlogue input 2 Al2 Anlogue input 2 AI2 See ID388 2 Keypad reference Menu M3 AN AIZ 3 Fieldbus reference Al1 Al2 4 Potentiometer reference Al2 Al1 Application 3 only 5 Al1 AI2 6 AM joystick 7 Al2 joystick 8 Keypad reference Menu M3 9 Fieldbus reference 10 Potentiomet
16. standards Actual value min max Number of decimals 1080 DC Brake current at stop 6 2 4 15 In the Multi Purpose Control application this parameter defines the current injected to the motor in stop state when parameter ID416 is active In all other applications this value Is fixed to a tenth of the DC brake current The parameter is available for NXP drives only Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 205 1081 Follower reference selection 6 2 17 3 Select the speed reference for the follower drive Sel Function Sel Function Potentiometer reference controlled with 0 Analogue input 1 Al See 1D377 1D418 TRUE increase and D417 TRUE decrease 1 Anlogue input 2 AlZ See ID388 Al1 or Al2 whichever is lower 2 AM AIZ AM or Al2 whichever is greater Max frequency ID102 AIT AI2 recommended in torque control only 4 AIZ AN AI1 Al2 selection see ID422 5 AI1 AI2 15 Encoder 1 Al input C 1 et Encoder 2 With OPT A7 Speed b ALL IRENE 16 Synchronization NXP only Al input C 3 7 Al2 joystick Master Reference 8 Keypad reference R3 2 18 Master Ramp Out default 9 Fieldbus reference Table 8 17 Selections for parameter 1D1081 1082 SystemBus communication fault response 6 2 7 30 Defines the action when SystemBus heartbeat is missing O No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according t
17. 5 Force cp to IO 6 Force cp to keypad BINS funciona 7 Force cp to fieldbus 8 Reverse 9 Jogging speed 10 Fault reset 11 Acc Dec operation prohibit 12 DC Braking command 13 Motor potentiometer DOWN AM signal selection E 10 Al 377 TTF programming method used See page 66 0 0 10 V 0 20 mA AM signal range 2 320 1 2 10 V 4 20 mA 2 Custom setting range AM custom setting 160 00 160 00 321 Analogue input 1 scale minimum i minimum AM custom setting 160 00 160 00 100 0 a 322 Analogue input 1 scale maximum maximum Ali signal inversion 1 323 Analogue npu reference inversion yes no Analogue input 1 AI signal filter time 10 00 s 0 10 324 reference filter time constant AI signal selection 0 1 E 10 A 2 ss TNE oer SIG used See page 66 0 0 20 mA 0 10 V Al2 signal range 2 1 325 1 4 20 mA 2 10 V 2 Custom setting range Al2 custom setting 160 00 160 00 oo 326 Analogue input 2 scale minimum minimum Al2 custom setting 160 00 160 00 100 00 o 327 Analogue input 2 scale maximum maximum Al2 signal inversion 1 328 Analogue input 2 reference inversion yes no Analogue input 2 Al2 signal filter time 10 00 s 0 10 329 reference filter time constant Place A Start Stop logic selection GO 4 GQ E L KA A G Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 29 Place B Start Stop logic selection
18. AZ 0 serz P2 2 7 3 E ee a Direction reverse cc P2 2 7 6 Preset speed 2 0 1 0 1 420 Parameters G21 P2 2 7 7 Presetspeed3_ 01 01 421 Motor potentiometer Mot pot reference decreases P2279 Motor potentiometer 0 1 418 Mot pot reference increases reference UP cc P2 2 710 Faultreset 01 A3 414 Al faults reset lcc P2 2 7 11 External fault close 01 A5 405 Ext fault F51 displayed cc P2 2 7 12 External fault open 01 0 2 406 Ext fault F51 displayed oc P2 2 7 13 Acc Dec time selection 0 1 Ab avo ese iain leal Acc Dec time 2 cc P2 2 7 14 Acc Dec prohibit o1 014 415 Acc Dec prohibited cc P2 2 7 15 DC braking o1 01 A16 DC braking active cc SRL Jogging speed 0 1 AA zis l a anaa 9 ena for frequency reference cc cc Al2 is used as reference PZT Al1 Al2 selection nen Dito te Force control place to 1 0 terminal cc Force control place to keypad cc Force control place to fieldbus cc Parameter set 1 set 2 E Closed cont Set 2 is used selection Open cont Set 1 is used Closed cont Mode 2 is used P2 2 7 22 Motor control mode 1 2 1 Open cont Mode 1 is used See par 2 6 1 2 6 12 PA Ti Nts Control from 1 0 terminal PZ 2H MG Control from keypad P2 2 7 20 Control from fieldbus P2 2 7 21 NXP drives onl R2272 Cooling monitor S Used with liquid cooled unit P2 2 7 24 External brake 4 Monitoring signal from ackn
19. Because all digital inputs are programmable you first have to assign two DINs for the Preset Speed functions parameters ID419 and D420 107 Speed Preset speed 1 DIN4 ID419 Preset speed 2 DIN5 ID420 Basic reference 0 0 ID105 1 0 1D106 0 1 Table 8 1 Preset speed Current limit 2 5 2 1 5 This parameter determines the maximum motor current from the frequency converter The parameter value range differs from size to size When the current limit is changed the stall current limit ID710 is internally calculated to 90 of current limit When the current limit is active the drive output frequency is decreased NOTE This is not an overcurrent trip limit 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 122 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 108 U f ration selection 234567 2 6 3 Linear The voltage of the motor changes linearly as a function of output frequency 0 from zero frequency voltage ID606 to the field weakening point FWP voltage ID603 at FWP frequency 1D4602 This default setting should be used if there is no special need for another setting Squared The voltage of the motor changes from zero point voltage 1D606 following a 1 squared curve form from zero to the field weakening point 1D602 The motor runs undermagnetised below the field weakening point and produces less torque Squared U f ratio can be used in applic
20. Default Cust ID Note warning eee Gn baa Jus a S warning active PZS Pa lil PZ alll PR2M PAS alg External control place PR P2 3 1 15 inverted supervision supervision PRE P23 lle PZ fle PA supervision P2 3 1 P2 3 1 P23122 Analogue input supervision limit P2 3 1 23 Motor regulator activation P2 3 1 24 Fieldbus DIN 1 P22 125 Fieldbus DIN 2 P2 3 1 26 Fieldbus DIN 3 PSL S P221 Pr PZ 29 30 31 14 External brake control Cor EEE EEE EEE 4 4 4 4 4 Table 7 10 Output signals Digital outputs Reverse 01 01 440 Outputfrequency lt OHz Unrequesteddirecton 0 1 01 441 Ref lt gt Output frequency Atspeed 01 01 442 Ref Output frequency Jogging or preset speed 443 E command active DO fio controt active See explanations on page DS eas RGE us Seeibaso falada supervision See ID354 451 secas 452 Thermistor fault or wrng 454 A limit controller is active LRR T Doo ep C s 27 Autochange Aux icomtroi 01 B1 7 9 o SoS 28 Autochange 2 Aux 2 control 0 1 B2 Jus SCS Autochange 3 Aux3 control 0 1 or asp DD control 01 or aif SCS _Autochanges or or iso WARNING flawless operation Be ABSOLUTELY sure not to connect two functions to one and same output in order to avoid function overruns and to ensure 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150
21. NX12k104 ds4 Figure 7 6 Example of 3 pump autochange main diagram Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 105 7 5 Pump and Fan Control Application Parameter lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups Each parameter includes a link to the respective parameter description The parameter descriptions are given on pages 121 to 214 Column explanations Code Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present param number Parameter Name of parameter Min Minimum value of parameter Max Maximum value of parameter Unit Unit of parameter value Given if available Default Value preset by factory Cust Customer s own settings ID ID number of the parameter Es On parameter code Parameter value can only be changed after the FC has been stopped E Apply the Terminal to Function method TTF to these parameters see chapter 6 4 7 5 1 Monitoring values Control keypad menu M1 The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring values cannot be edited See the product s user s manual for more information Note that the monitoring values V1 18 to V1 23 are available in the PFC control application only Code Parameter Unit ID Descr
22. P 20 000 rpm 1440 112 pole motor and a nominal the motor S size frequency converter Nominal current of Check the rating plate of 2x lu A ly 113 the motor the motor the motor 2 Al1 Al2 3 Al1 Al2 4 Al2 Al1 5 Al1xAl2 6 Al1 Joystick 7 Al2 Joystick 8 Keypad 9 Fieldbus 10 Motor potentiometer 11 Al1 Al2 minimum 12 Al1 Al2 maximum 13 Max frequency 14 Al1 Al2 selection 15 Encoder 1 16 Encoder 2 NXP only P2 1 11 1 0 Reference Keypad control reference 2 Al1 Al2 3 Al1 Al2 4 Al2 Al1 5 Al1xAl2 6 Al1 Joystick 7 Al2 Joystick 8 Keypad 9 Fieldbus 10 00 105 Multi stepspeed1 1500 106 Multistepspeed 2000 126 Multistepspeeda 25 00 127 Multi stepspeed4 3000 128 Multi stepspeed5 4000 129 Multi stepspeed6 50 00 130 Multistepspeed7 reference reference P2 1 15 P2 1 16 P2 1 17 P2 1 18 P2 1 19 P2 1 20 P2 1 21 Table 6 5 Basic parameters 62 1 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 75 6 6 4 pag Se Parameter i Unit Default Cust Start Start signal 1 signal 2 Default Default DIN1 DIN2 Start fwd Start rvs Start Stop Reverse Start Stop Run enable Start pulse Stop pulse Start Mot pot UP Start fwd Start rvs Start Stop Reverse Start Stop Run enable Start Stop logic selection d G Q P L KA C9 0 No reset 1 Reset if stopped or powered down 2 Reset
23. Place A Reference scaling minimum value DIN4 DIN5 Start fwd Start Stop Start Stop Start pulse Start fwd Start Stop Reverse Start Stop Run enable Selects the frequency that corresponds to the min reference signal Start rvs Reverse Run enable Stop pulse Start rvs Place A Reference scaling maximum value Place B Reference scaling minimum value Place B Reference scaling maximum value Free analogue input function 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 303 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 304 E o fo fm E nal selec on pe fee fof fa signal selection Selects the frequency that corresponds to the max reference signal 0 00 No scaling gt 0 scaled max value Selects the frequency that corresponds to the min reference signal Selects the frequency that corresponds to the max reference signal 0 00 No scaling gt 0 scaled max value 0 Not used 1 Analogue input 1 2 Analogue input 2 0 No function 1 Reduces current limit P2 1 5 2 Reduces DC braking current 3 Reduces accel and decel times 4 Reduces torque supervision limit emo we woe fmf ramp time 0 No reset 1 Reset if stopped or powered down Motor potentiometer frequency reference 2 1 367 al Ai 2 Reset if powered down 0 Run state not copied Input signals 62 2 Table 3 4 T Rising edge required to start Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See the product s User s Manual 24 hour sup
24. This is the usual operation mode when fast response times high accuracy or controlled run at zero frequencies are needed Encoder board should be connected to slot C of the control unit Set the encoder P R parameter P7 3 1 1 Run in open loop and check the encoder speed and direction V7 3 2 2 Switch the encoder wiring or the phases of motor cables if necessary Do not run if encoder speed is wrong Program the no load current to parameter 1D612 or perform the ID run without load on motor shaft and set parameter ID619 Slip Adjust to get the voltage slightly above the linear U f curve with the motor frequency at about 66 of the nominal motor frequency The Motor Nominal Speed parameter ID112 is critical The Current Limit parameter 1D107 controls the available torque linearly in relative to motor nominal current 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 218 VACON APPENDICES 9 3 Parameters of motor thermal protection ID s 704 to 708 General The motor thermal protection is to protect the motor from overheating The Vacon drive is capable of supplying higher than nominal current to the motor If the load requires this high current there is a risk that the motor will be thermally overloaded This is the case especially at low frequencies At low frequencies the cooling effect of the motor is reduced as well as its capacity If the motor is equipped with an external fan the load reduction at low speeds is
25. ooo ae 0 DC brake is off at start 0 Off oo fo Jefo i O oso odelo o o o Prohibit frequency parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 5 Default Cust Note e om for em Ca oee Coa r ee Ca epe Ca epe Coa e e i e 116 VACON PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION 7 9 7 Motor control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 6 Code Parameter ax Unit Default Cust Note Motor control mode 0 Frequency control 1 Speed control imisati 0 Not used 0 Linear U f ratio selection 3 gd 2 Programmable 3 Linear with flux optim point weakening point frequency n X Unmot U f sale M 100 00 100 00 Parameter max value g P2 6 5 zero Se switching frequency 1 0 cae Ens El See Table 8 14 for exact values 0 Not used Overvoltage i 1 Used no ae controller 2 Used ramping Undervoltage arl 0 No action P2 6 12 Identification 631 T identification w o run U E o o Table 7 17 Motor control parameters 62 6 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 117 7 5 8 Protections Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 7 P2 7 1 P2 7 2 P2 7 3 P2 7 4 P2 7 5 P2 7 6 P2 7 7 P2 7 8 P2 7 9 P2 7 10 P2 7 11 P2 7 12 P2 7 13 P2 7 14 P2 7 15 P2 7 16 P2 7 17 P2 7 18 P2 7 19 P2 7 20 P2 7 21 P2 7 22 P2 7 23 P2 7 24 P2 7 25 Parameter Response to 4mA reference fault 4mA reference fault frequ
26. running 4 Used when running no testing 0 Ramp Start function 2 505 1 Flying start 2 Conditional flying start 0 Coasting 1 Ramp a A 306 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable ramp ASA MISSA at stop Frequency to start DC braking during 0 10 10 00 Hz 1 50 515 ramp stop at start Flux brake 1 sou On 1 On 0 00 E H T RR ERA Table 3 6 Drive control parameters G2 4 3 4 6 Prohibit frequency parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 5 Parameter Max Default l Min a D ange viowtene 000 s2000 He f ooo Rl range 1 low limit LH szo He 00 st0 osPronisitrange tisort range 1 high limit TL s2000 He ooo f range 2 low limit Tonge 2mghime 000 32000 He oo 512 osProhibitrange ist ange siomtene 000 soo He ooo sp range 3 low limit LH s2000 He 00 514 osProhiitrange Sis off range 3 high limit roe tT too as fas Pep ramp i rang Table 3 7 Prohibit frequency parameters G2 5 Er To GIR clo T IO Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 33 3 4 7 Motor control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 6 Code Parameter Unit Default Cust Note 0 Frequency control 1 Speed control Motor control mode Additionally for NXP 2 Not used 3 Closed loop speed ctrl See 0 Not used 0 Linear U f ratio selection 3 108 Lk da 2 Programmable 3 Lin
27. 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 133 3 3 wire connection pulse control DIN1 closed contact start pulse DIN2 open contact stop pulse DIN3 can be programmed for reverse command See Figure 8 8 A Output Stop function If Start and Stop pulses are frequency ID506 simultaneous the Stop pulse coasting overrides the Start pulse Figure 8 8 Start pulse Stop pulse The selections including the text Rising edge required to start shall be used to exclude the possibility of an unintentional start when for example power is connected re connected after a power failure after a fault reset after the drive is stopped by Run Enable Run Enable False or when the control place is changed from 1 0 control The Start Stop contact must be opened before the motor can be started Applications 2 and 4 4 DIN1 closed contact start forward Rising edge required to start DIN2 closed contact start reverse Rising edge required to start 5 DIN1 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN2 closed contact reverse open contact forward 6 DIN1 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN2 closed contact start enabled open contact start disabled and drive stopped if running DIN3 can be programmed for reverse command unless selected for DIN2 Applications 3 and 6 4 DIN1 closed contact start f
28. 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 4 VACON Vacon All in One Application manual Document ud00885g Date 18 4 2007 INDEX 1 Basic APpUCAHON sara ada ipa sanar e E a Oda 6 PN ABRE 120 5 2 Pe ARO SOR RR Scents tea AP MAR AP ads RED RP EE RD EEE NC 6 IABE OF 1 2 0 RRC UT RECEP a ESOT ETNA Tee SRN TBE PASO TY STO AE RTS A 7 1 2 Control signal logic in Basic Application ssssaneeineeineenennnenneanneannennnnenaneenneaanenannnanneannean bales 8 1 4 Basic Application Parameter SLS Y 2 Standard Applicavion sas X e 22725 erases RI a aaa aa aE aa oa Enae cette RTA E 12 E IE Tre e CO TTT 12 22 NCCE OU soli coh stadt shoelaces age A DPS O e a O ES ans 13 23 Control signal logic in Standard Application oeseecccccsecccccencesectencneesessensneeessesnesestensesesteneeesensenes 14 2 4 Standard Application Parameter S 15 3 Local Remote Control Application sees eee 23 Del HAUFOGUCTION T 23 GEL OO O O a a aa ER ad a A E a E clashes 24 3 3 Control signal logic in Local Remote Application eeccscccsccsssevsssscesssvscsnecesssvsssnssesssnssensssssersensees 25 3 4 Loca Remote control application Parameter lete ii itererereeeraaerereeearenenaeeaaas 26 4 Multi step Speed Control Application sss sees eee eee 36 E AERO GU CHOI pes id a seat aad Moen hl to ced bes ee ced eed Caley a aa 36 fe e Te 16 ts Nears a A ude la da a PE a o a a 37 4 3 Control signal logic in Multi Step Speed Control Application eee 38 4 4 Multi step
29. 4 Fault inverted 5 Frequency converter overheat warning 6 External fault or warning 7 Reference fault or warning 8 Warning 9 Reversed 10 Preset speed 1 Applications 2 10 Jogging speed Applications 3456 11 At speed 12 Motor regulator activated 13 Output frequency limit 1 supervision 14 Control from I O terminals Appl 2 14 Output frequency limit 2 supervision Applications 3456 Out of operation Digital output DO1 sinks the current and program mable relay RO1 RO2 is activated when The frequency converter is ready to operate The frequency converter operates motor is running A fault trip has occurred A fault trip not occurred The heat sink temperature exceeds 70 C Fault or warning depending on par ID701 Fault or warning depending on par 10700 if analogue reference is 4 20 mA and signal is lt 4mA Always if a warning exists The reverse command has been selected The preset speed has been selected with digital input The jogging speed has been selected with digital input The output frequency has reached the set reference One of the limit regulators e g current limit torque Limit is activated The output frequency goes outside the set super vision low limit high limit see parameter ID s 315 and 316 below 1 0 control mode selected in menu M3 The output frequency goes outside the set super vision low limi
30. 62 3 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 PID CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 6 59 5 4 5 Drive control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 4 Parameter O Linear 0 F EC R 0 01 5 K ET E E or E 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper Brake chopper 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no testing 0 Ramp Start function 2 505 1 Flying start 2 Conditional flying start 0 Coasting 1 Ramp stop function 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable ramp DC braking current 0 00 ele R G C DC braking time i ERA 00 Pe 508 o 0 DC brake is off at stop brake is off at 0 DC brake is off at stop at stop Frequency to start DC braking during 10 00 ramp stop DC braking time 600 00 a 516 0 DC brake is off at start DC brake is off at start at start 0 Off Flux braking current 0 00 EEE Table 5 6 Drive control parameters G2 4 5 4 6 Prohibit frequency parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 5 Parameter Default Prohibit frequency 320 00 0 Not used range 1 low limit Prohibit frequency 320 00 510 O0 Not used range 1 high limit Prohibit frequency 320 00 511 O Not used range 2 low limit Prohi it frequency Prohibit frequency 320 00 513 0 Not used range 3 low limit Prohibit frequency 320 00 Hz 514 0 Not used range 3 high limit Prohibit acc dec 01 100 7 10 518 ramp i f Table 5 7 Prohibit frequency parameters 62 5
31. For more information see the product s User s Manual 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 36 VACON MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION 4 MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION Software code ASFIFFO4 4 1 Introduction Select the Multi step Speed Control Application in menu M6 on page 6 2 The Multi step Speed Control Application can be used in applications where fixed speeds are needed Totally 15 2 different speeds can be programmed one basic speed 15 multi step speeds and one jogging speed The speed steps are selected with digital signals DIN3 DIN4 DIN5 and DIN6 If jogging speed is used DIN3 can be programmed from fault reset to jogging speed select The basic speed reference can be either voltage or current signal via analogue input terminals 2 3 or 4 5 The other one of the analogue inputs can be programmed for other purposes e All outputs are freely programmable Additional functions Programmable Start Stop and Reverse signal logic Reference scaling One frequency limit supervision Second ramps and S shape ramp programming Programmable start and stop functions DC brake at stop One prohibit frequency area Programmable U f curve and switching frequency Autorestart Motor thermal and stall protection Programmable action off warning fault The parameters of the Multi Step Speed Control Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual The explanations are arranged a
32. I lt 50mA U lt 48 VDC FAULT Programmable 62 3 1 OPT A2 21 RO1 ay Relay output 1 See chapter 7 5 4 1 22 RO1 Aux Autochange 1 23 RO1 Programmable 62 3 1 24 RO2 E Relay output 2 See chapter 7 5 4 1 25 RO2 Aux Autochange 2 26 RO2 Programmable 62 3 1 Table 7 1 Pump and fan control application default 1 0 configuration and connection example with 2 wire transmitter Note See jumper selections below More information in the product s user s manual Jumper block X3 CMA and CMB grounding oe oe ee CMB isolated from GND ee CMA isolated from GND CMB and CMA internally connected together isolated from GND CMB connected to GND CMA connected to GND Factory default Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 6 97 230 VAC Ka k21 NX12k105 dsf M1 Vacon M1 mains M2 Vacon M2 mains Figure 7 1 2 pump autochange system principal control diagram VACON OPT A1 VACONOPTA VACON OPT A1 i 24VDC DINZ A i DIN3 6 i DIN4 VACON OPT B5 NX12k106 dsf M1 Vacon M1 mains M2 Vacon M2 mains M3 Vacon M3 mains Figure 7 2 3 pump autochange system principal control diagram 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 98 VACON PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION 7 3 Control signal logic in Pump
33. P2 7 5 P2 7 6 P2 7 7 P2 7 8 P2 7 9 P2 7 1 P2 7 1 P2 7 1 P2 7 1 P27 P2 7 1 P2 7 1 P2 7 1 P2 7 18 P2 7 1 4 alo o P2 7 20 P2 7 21 P2 7 22 P2 7 23 Parameter 0 No response 1 Warning Response to 4mA 0 5 0 700 2 Warning Previous Freq reference fault 3 Wrng PresetFreq 2 7 2 4 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting PE oe eee oe ee frequency emo o gy fault 1 Faang supervision 3 Fault Stop by coasting or O E undervoltage fault 1 Fault not stored oe ee Se supervision 0 No response Earth fault 1 Ss of the motor E G R temperature factor S mo at zero speed m E e from f constant Motor duty cycle o 150 100 708 Lare No response 1 Warning Sall aretet 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting Stallcurrent 000 2x4 a w mo Stalltimelimit 100 12000 s 1500 m S Stall frequency limit 1 0 P212 Hz 250 nz i 0 No response 1 Warning Underload protection 3 713 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting Field weakening 10 150 50 14 area load Zero frequency load 5 0 1500 100 75 o Underload protection time limit 0 No response Response to 3 2 732 1 Warning thermistor fault 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting Response to Response to slot 3 gt N PEE fault Table 3 9 Protections 62 7 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 20
34. Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 89 6 6 9 Protections Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 7 Parameter 0 No response 1 Warning Response to 4mA 0 5 0 700 2 Warning Previous freq reference fault 3 Wrng PresetFreq 2 7 2 4 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 pa 9 2 4mA reference fault ooo P21 2 frequency 5 Fault stop by coasting Response to external 0 No response P2 7 3 fault 1 Warning Input phase 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 P2 7 4 e 3 l supervision 3 Fault stop by coasting P2 75 Response to 1 0 Fault stored in history o undervoltage fault 1 Fault not stored P276 Output phase o 3 supervision 0 No response Earth fault 1 Warning P2 7 8 Thermal protection 3 3 Fault stop by coasting of the motor temperature factor P2 7 10 Motor cooling factor 150 0 at zero speed P2 7 11 Motor thermal time constant P2 7 12 Motor duty cycle P2 7 1 w 200 150 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P2 7 13 Stall protection P2 7 14 2x In P2 7 15 Stall time limit 1 00 120 00 P2 7 16 Stall frequency limit 1 00 P2 1 2 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting Underload protection P2718 Field weakening 150 0 area load P2 7 19 Zero frequency load 5 0 150 0 p2 7 20 Vnderload protec 600 00 tion time limit Response to thermistor fault P2 7 17 0 No response 1 Wa
35. The wake up level defines the level below which the actual value must fall or which has to be exceeded before the Run state of the frequency converter is restored See Figure 8 57 Actual value Wake up level param ID1018 Output frequency t lt param ID1017 t lt par ID1017 1 Start Stop status of running the var speed drive stop NX12k56 Figure 8 57 Frequency converter sleep function Wake up function 57 2 1 18 This parameter defines whether the restoration of the Run state occurs when the actual value signal falls below or exceeds the Wake up level par D1018 See Figure 8 57 and Figure 8 58 on page 197 The application 5 has selections 0 1 and application 7 selections 0 3 available Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 197 Wake up happens when actual value goes below the limit Wake up happens when actual value exceeds the limit Wake up happens when actual value goes below the limit Wake up happens when actual value exceeds the limit The limit defined with parameter 1D1018 is in per cent of the maxi mum actual value The limit defined with parameter 1ID1018 is in per cent of the maxi mum actual value The limit defined with parameter 1D1018 is in per cent of the cur rent value of the reference signal The limit defined with parameter 1D1018 is in per cent of the current value of the refer ence signa
36. X X al P part 100 PID error 5 00Hz s s E L E 0 NX12k72 Figure 8 5 PID output with the values of Example 3 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 129 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com Preset speed 8 4 2 1 22 Preset speed 9 4 2 1 23 Preset speed 10 4 2 1 24 Preset speed 77 4 2 1 25 Preset speed 12 4 2 1 26 Preset speed 13 4 2 1 27 Preset speed 14 4 2 1 28 Preset speed 15 4 21 29 To use these preset speeds in the Multi Step Speed Application ASFIFF04 parameter 1D301 must be given the value 13 In Multi Step Speed Application Application 4 digital inputs DIN4 DIN5 and DIN6 are assigned to Preset Speed functions The combinations of these activated inputs select the preset speed reference Based Multi step speed Multi step speed Multi step speed Multi step speed sel 1 DIN4 sel 2 DIN5 sel 3 DIN6 sel 4 DIN3 P2 1 22 8 0 0 0 1 P2 1 23 9 1 0 0 1 P2 1 24 10 0 1 0 1 P2 1 25 11 1 1 0 1 P2 1 26 12 0 0 1 1 P2 1 27 13 1 0 1 1 P2 1 28 14 0 1 1 1 P2 1 29 15 1 1 1 1 Table 8 5 Multi step speed selections with digital inputs DINS DIN4 DINS and DIN6 Al3 signal selection 567 2 2 38 2 2 4 1 Connect the Al3 signal to the analogue input of your choice with this parameter For
37. more information see Chapter 6 4 Terminal To Function TTF programming principle NOTE If you use an NXP drive and the Multi Purpose Control Application Application 6 you can control Al3 from fieldbus when this input is set the value 0 1 Al3 signal filter time 567 22 41 2 2 4 2 When this parameter is given a value greater than 0 0 the function that filters out disturbances from the incoming analogue signal is activated Long filtering time makes the regulation response slower See parameter ID324 Al3 signal range 567 2 2 39 2 2 4 3 With this parameter you can select the Al3 signal range Applic 5 6 7 Sel 0 0 100 0 100 0 100 1 4mA 20 100 4mA 20 100 4mA 20 100 2 10 10V Customised 3 Customised Table 8 6 Selections for parameter D143 A 3 custom setting minimum 67 2 2 4 4 Al3 custom setting maximum 67 224 5 Set the custom minimum and maximum levels for the AI3 signal within 160 160 Example Min 40 Max 80 8 16 mA 130 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 151 152 153 154 155 156 162 164 165 166 167 168 Al3 signal inversion 567 2 2 40 2 2 4 6 0 No inversion 1 Signal inverted Al4 signal selection 567 2 2 42 2 2 5 1 See ID141 Al filter time 567 2 2 45 2 2 5 2 See ID142 Al signal range 567 2 2 43 2 2 5 3 See ID143 Al4 custom setting minimum 67 225 3 2 2 5 4 Al c
38. parameter after reaching the zero speed when a stop command is given This parameter has no effect if the selected stop function 1D506 is Coasting The zero speed time starts when the ramp time is expected to reach zero speed See chapter 9 2 CL Current control P gain 6 26 23 17 Sets the gain for the current controller This controller is active only in closed loop control mode The controller generates the voltage vector reference to the modulator See chapter 9 2 CL Encoder filter time 6 2 6 23 15 Sets the filter time constant for speed measurement The parameter can be used to eliminate encoder signal noise Too high a filter time reduces speed control stability See chapter 9 2 CL Slip adjust 6 2 6 23 6 The motor name plate speed is used to calculate the nominal slip This value is used to adjust the voltage of motor when loaded The name plate speed is sometimes a Little inaccurate and this parameter can therefore be used to trim the slip Reducing the slip adjust value increases the motor voltage when the motor is loaded Value 100 corresponds to nominal slip at nominal load See chapter 9 2 Load drooping 23456 2 6 12 2 6 15 The drooping function enables speed drop as a function of load This parameter sets that amount corresponding to the nominal torque of the motor E g if load drooping is set to 10 using motor with a nominal frequency of 50 Hz and the motor is loaded with nominal load 100 of torque th
39. 1 Analogue input 2 Analogue input 3 Analogue input 4 Analogue input 1 joystick Analogue input 2 joystick From keypad parameter R3 5 Fieldbus torque reference see chapter 9 6 ONA OR WN A O Torque reference scaling maximum value 6 2 10 4 Torque reference scaling minimum value 6 2 10 5 Scale the custom minimum and maximum levels for analogue inputs within 300 0 300 0 Torque speed limit open loop 6 2 10 6 With this parameter the maximum frequency for the torque control can be selected O Maximum frequency 1 Selected frequency reference 2 Preset speed 7 NXP drives have more selections for this parameter in Closed Loop control mode See page 209 Negative torque limit 6 2 6 23 21 Positive torque limit 6 2623 22 Defines the torque limit for positive and negative directions PMS motor zero shaft position 6 2 6 24 4 Identified zero shaft position Updated during encoder identification run with an absolute encoder Motor type 6 2 6 24 1 Select used motor type with this parameter 0 Induction motor 1 Permanent magnet synchronous motor Enable Rs identification 6 2 6 24 5 With this parameter its possible to disable Rs identification during DC brake start The parameter default value is 1 Yes 182 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 655 656 662 664 665 667 668 669 670 Modulation limit 6 2 6 23 34 This parameter can be used to control how the drive modul
40. 2 Al1 Analogue input 1 Analogue input 1 PID reference from I O Voltage range 0 10V DC Default reference from keypad P3 4 Al1 1 0 Ground Ground for reference and controls 4 Al2 Analogue input 2 Analogue input 2 PID actual value 1 5 Al2 Current range 0O 20mA Programmable P2 2 1 9 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1A 7 GND 1 0 ground Ground for reference and controls 8 DIN1 Place A Start Stop Start signal for control place A Programmable G2 2 6 PID Controller 9 DIN2 Interlock 1 Contact closed Interlock used Programmable G2 2 6 Contact open Interlock not used 10 DIN3 Interlock 2 Contact closed Interlock used Programmable G2 2 6 Contact open Interlock not used 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see 6 13 GND 1 0 ground Ground for reference and controls 14 DIN4 Place B Start Stop Contact closed Start 15 DINS Jogging speed selection Contact closed Jogging speed active Programmable G2 2 6 16 DIN6 Control place A B selection Contact open Control place A is active Programmable G2 2 6 Contact closed Control place B is active 17 CMB Common for DIN4 DIN6 Connect to GND or 24V 18 AO1 Analogue output 1 See chapters 7 5 4 3 7 5 4 4 and 7 5 4 5 19 AO1 Output frequency Range 0 20 mA R max 5000 GND Programmable P2 3 3 2 20 DO1 Digital output Open collector
41. 3 7 2 9 14 1015 Reference step after start of auxiliary drive 4 7 2 9 15 The reference step will be automatically added to the reference value always when the corresponding auxiliary drive is started With the reference steps e g the pressure loss in the piping caused by the increased flow can be compensated See Figure 8 56 Reference for Pl controller A Reference step 3 par ID1014 Reference step 2 par ID1013 Reference step 1 par ID1012 Reference analogue input Aux drive 1 stop Aux drive 2 Aux drive 3 NX12k90 Figure 8 56 Reference steps after starting auxiliary drives 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 196 9 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 1016 1017 1018 1019 Sleep frequency 57 2 1 15 The frequency converter is stopped automatically if the frequency of the drive falls below the S eep level defined with this parameter for a time greater than that determined by parameter ID1017 During the Stop state the PID controller is operating switching the frequency converter to Run state when the actual value signal either falls below or exceeds see par ID1019 the Wake up level determined by parameter ID1018 See Figure 8 57 Sleep delay 57 2 1 16 The minimum amount of time the frequency has to remain below the Sleep level before the frequency converter is stopped See Figure 8 57 Wake up level 57 2 1 17
42. 4 control 7 2 3 1 30 Control signal for autochange auxiliary drive 4 If three or more auxiliary drives are used we recommend to connect nr 3 and 4 too to a relay output Since the OPT A2 board only has two relay outputs it is advisable to purchase an 1 0 expander board with extra relay outputs e g Vacon OPT B5 Autochange 5 control 7 23431 Control signal for autochange drive 5 Analogue input supervision limit 67 2 3 3 22 23122 The selected analogue input signal goes beyond the set supervision limits see parameters ID372 D373 and ID374 Analogue output 1 signal selection 234567 2 3 1 2 3 5 1 2 3 3 1 Connect the A01 signal to the analogue output of your choice with this parameter For more information about the TTF programming method see chapter 6 4 Analogue output 2 signal selection 234567 23122922 2 3 6 1 2 3 4 1 Connect the AQ2 signal to the analogue output of your choice with this parameter For more information about the TTF programming method see chapter 6 4 Analogue output 2 function 234567 2 3 13 2 3 23 2 3 6 2 2 3 4 2 Analogue output 2 filter time 234567 PEDIA 2 3 24 2 3 6 3 2 3 4 3 Analogue output 2 inversion 234567 2 3 15 2 3 25 2 3 6 4 2 3 4 4 Analogue output 2 minimum 234567 2 2 16 23 26 2 3 6 5 2 3 4 5 Analogue output 2 scaling 234567 2317 2 3 27 2 3 6 6 2 3 4 6 For more information on these five parameters see the corresponding parameters for the analogue output 1 on pag
43. 6 14 Speed controller gain open loop P2 6 15 Load drooping gr y N N o gt o x o P2 6 16 Identification P2 6 17 Restart delay 0 000 P2 6 18 Load drooping time p2 6 19 Negative frequency 120 00 limit P2 6 20 Positive frequency 320 00 limit limit limit Table 6 22 Motor control parameters 2 4 320 00 200 00 P2 6 4 100 00 40 00 Varies 32767 32767 100 00 1 3 65 935 32000 320 00 320 00 300 0 300 0 S ms Hz Hz 0 Frequency control 1 Speed control 2 Torque control Additionally for NXP 3 Closed loop speed ctrl 4 Closed loop torque ctrl 0 600 O Linear 1 Squared 2 Programmable 3 Linear with flux optim n X U 100 00 Parameter max value P2 6 5 RAR Ne veres Jem See Table 8 14 for exact values 0 Not used 1 607 1 Used no ramping 2 Used ramping 0 Not used 1 608 1 Used no ramping 2 Used ae 0 to zero 0 No action 1 Identification w o run Additionally for NXP 2 Identification with run 3 Encoder ID Run PMSM Varies _ 1424 OL delay for coasting stop 0 656 For dynamic changes 320 00 SEA Alternative limit for negative direction 320 00 a Alternative limit for positive direction Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 6 87 6 6 8 1 Closed Loop parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 6 23 NOTE Depending on t
44. Analogue output 1 V mA 26 A01 V1 16 Analogue input 3 V mA 27 AI3 V1 17 Analogue input 4 V mA 28 Al4 V1 18 Torque reference 18 V1 19 PT 100 temperature ce 42 Se bal Erin 61 20 Multimonitoring items Displays three selectable monitoring values V1 21 1 Current A 1113 Unfiltered motor current V1 21 2 Torque 1125 Unfiltered motor torque V1 21 3 DC Voltage V 44 Unfiltered DC link voltage V1 21 4 Status Word 43 See chapter 6 6 2 V1 21 5 Motor Current to FB fe a Meter current anive independent given with one decimal point Table 6 2 Monitoring values NXS drives Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON O 74 Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor control V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque 4 Calculated shaft torque V1 6 Motor power 5 Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC link voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature e 8 Heatsink temperature V1 10 Motor temperature 9 Calculated motor temperature V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 14 DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 16 Digital input statuses V1 15 Analogue output 1 V mA 26 A01 V1 18 Torque reference 18 V1 19 PT 100 temperature
45. Dec contact open Acceleration deceleration time 1 selected time select contact closed Acceleration deceleration time 2 selected 5 Closing contact Force control place to 1 0 terminal Closing contact Force control place to keypad 7 Closing contact Force control place to fieldbus When the control place is forced to change the values of Start Stop Direction and Reference valid in the respective control place are used reference according to parameters ID117 1D121 and ID122 Note The value of parameter D125 Keypad Control Place does not change When DIN3 opens the control place is selected according to parameter 3 1 oa Applications 2 to 5 8 Reverse contact open Forward Can be used for reversing if par contact closed Reverse ID300 value is set to either 2 3 or 6 Applications 3 to 5 9 Jogging sp contact closed Jogging speed selected for frequency reference 10 Faultreset contactclosed Resets all faults 11 Acc dec operation prohibited contact closed Stops acceleration or deceleration until the contact is opened Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 135 12 DC braking command contact closed In Stop mode the DC braking operates until the contact is opened see Figure 8 9 as well as parameters D507 and 101080 Applications 3 and 5 13 Motor potentiometer down contact closed Reference decreases until the contact is opened Application 4 13 Prese
46. Dolo Slm Sjo oo 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 60 6 VACON PID CONTROL APPLICATION 5 4 7 Motor control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 6 Code Parameter Unit Default Cust Note 0 Frequency control 1 Speed control Motor control mode Additionally for NXP 2 Not used 3 Closed loop speed ctrl oe 0 Not used O Linear U f ratio selection 3 108 Stared 2 Programmable 3 Linear with flux optim point _ weakening point U f curve midpoint P2 6 4 Hz 50 00 frequency U f curve midpoint n x Unmot Jatine 100 00 100 00 Parameter max value s S zero REM Switching frequency frequency 10 Varies Ep I See Table 8 14 for exact values 0 Not used Overvoltage 1 Used no a controller 2 Used ramping Undervoltage 0 Not used controller 1 Used Load drooping 0 00 100 00 0 00 0 No action Identification 1 2 631 1 Identification w o run 2 Identification with run Closed Loop parameter group 2 6 14 P2 6 14 1 Magnetizing current 0 00 2xly A 000 om P2 6 14 2 dia P2 6 14 3 Speed control I time 00 3200 0 ms 300 614 meus dessa om cmo E te compensation P2 6 14 6 se oo o E a E E at start an P2 6 14 9 a ee P2 6 14 10 CRP O O O E EO 0 Not used 3 621 1 Torque memory 2 Torque reference 3 Start up torque fwd rev P2 6 14 12 Start up torque FWD 300 0 3000 oo 633 i i i P2 6 14 13 O e o yS P2 6 14 15 Ese eee f o
47. EN oO 118 VACON PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION P2 7 26 PT100 warning limit 30 0 2000 co 1200 m S P2 7 27 PT100 fault limit 200 0 130 0 742 Table 7 18 Protections G2 7 7 5 9 Autorestart parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 8 Parameter Default 8 AR O E e P28 2 Trialtime 000 60 00 s 3000 me 0 _ Start function 1 Flying start Esa According to P2 4 6 undervoltage trip S ED A D E E overvoltage trip W e e aa t O e overcurrent trip e 4mA reference trip Number of tries after motor temperature fault trip rete external fault trip Number of tries after E E O C Table 7 19 Autorestart parameters 62 8 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 119 7 5 10 Pump and fan control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 9 Code Parameter ax Unit Default Cust Note drives p29 2 Start requency 5993 32000 Hz 51 00 1002 auxiliary drive 1 P2 9 3 Stop frequency p241 P29 2 Hz 10 00 1003 auxiliary drive 1 P2 9 4 Start frequency p295 320 00 Hz 51 00 1004 auxiliary drive 2 P2 9 5 Stop frequency p21 P2 9 4 Hz 10 00 1005 auxiliary drive 2 p29 6 startfrequency 5997 32000 Hz 51 00 1006 auxiliary drive 3 P2 9 7 Stop frequency po 41 P2 9 6 Hz 10 00 1007 auxiliary drive 3 p29 Startfrequency p299 32000 Hz 51 00 1008 auxiliary drive 4 P2
48. Fault Fault Fault b4 b5 No EMStop NXP b6 Run Enable Run Enable Run Enable Run Enable Run Enable Run Enable b7 Warning Warning Warning Warning Warning Warning b8 b9 DC Brake DC Brake DC Brake DC Brake DC Brake DC Brake Run request Run request Run request Run request Run request Run request Limit control Limit control Limit control Limit control Limit control Limit control Brake control Aux 1 Place B is active Table 6 4 Application Status Word content PID active 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com Aux 2 74 VACON MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION 6 6 3 Basic parameters Control keypad Menu M2 2 62 1 Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust Note Min frequency P2 12 Hz Dom a R 19 S NOTE If fmax gt than the motor synchronous speed Max frequency P2 1 1 320 00 Hz 50 00 check suitability for motor and drive system 3000 0 30 f 103 0 Hz to Max frequency 3000 0 30 104 Max frequency to 0 Hz STT 2xly ooon So door S f ERE EEE NX2 230V Check the rating plate of rhe Rrrr 690 NX5 400V 110 the motor Note also used NX6 690V connection Delta Star Nominal frequency 320 00 50 00 111 Check the rating plate of of the motor the motor Hoala asad ot The default applies for a 4
49. Hz Supervision value efe P2 3 10 2 0 No limit 1 Low limit supervision h limit supervision po sito Pupa Trequency limit 2 supervision Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 31 Output frequency limit 2 Supervision value Torque limit super vision function 348 1 Low limit 2 High limit supervision value imi 0 No TT 7 350 1 Low limit E 2 High limit sinine 00 1004 pixel lu supervision value External brake Off 100 0 delay External brake On oo 100 0 mes delay Frequency converter temperature limit supervision Frequency converter temperature limit value Analogue output 2 TTF programming method signal selection used See page 66 function A 2 10 00 s 0 473 0 No filtering filter time Analogue output 2 0 Not inverted R S 1 474 inversion 1 Inverted Analogue output 2 0 0 mA a 1 475 minimum 1 4 mA scaling Table 3 5 Output signals 62 3 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 32 VACON LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION 3 4 5 Drive control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 4 Parameter Min Max a ID Ramp 1 shape 10 0 s 0 1 500 Denet p p T gt 0 S curve ramp time O0 Linear Acceleration time2 01 30000 s 100 502 Decelerationtime2 01 30000 s 100 s03 Sd 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper Brake chopper 4 504 3 Used when stopped
50. Identification 1 2 631 1 Identification w o run 2 Identification with run Closed Loop parameter group 2 6 14 P2 6 14 1 Magnetizingcurrent 000 2x A 000 62 i P2 6 14 2 SpeedcontrolPgain 1 1000 30 fsf o P2 6 14 3 Speedcontrolitime 0 0 32000 ms 300 614 res deems 0n om e fas Ju EE p2 6 146 Slipadust 0 500 100 feo at start stari P2 6 14 9 a P2 6 14 10 S ann me ton Pate 0 Not used P2 6 14 11 Start up torque 3 621 1 Torque memory 2 Torque reference 3 Start up torque fwd rev P2 6 14 12 Start up torque FWD 300 0 300 0 00 fes P2 6 14 13 i Of P2 6 14 15 on o P gain Table 4 8 Motor control parameters G2 6 o PA es o Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 6 47 4 4 8 Protections Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 7 P2 7 1 P2 7 2 P2 7 3 P2 7 4 P2 7 5 P2 7 6 P2 7 7 P2 7 8 P2 7 9 P2 7 1 P2 7 1 P2 7 1 P2 7 1 P27 P2 7 1 P2 7 1 P2 7 1 P2 7 18 P2 7 1 4 alo o P2 7 20 P2 7 21 P2 7 22 P2 7 23 Parameter 0 No response 1 Warning Response to 4mA 0 5 0 700 2 Warning Previous Freq reference fault 3 Wrng PresetFreq 2 7 2 4 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting SEE EIN Es frequency mm o GE fault 1 Faang supervision 3 Fault Stop by coasting EE RC E undervoltage fault 1 Fa
51. M2 gt G2 3 4 Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID 0 Not used Output frequency 3 315 1 Low limit supervision limit 1 supervision 2 High limit supervision 3 Brake on control Output frequency limit 1 320 00 Hz 316 Supervised value Output frequency limit 2 supervision 0 Not used 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision 3 Brake off control 4 Brake on off control Output frequency limit 2 0 00 Hz Supervised value 0 Not used Torque limit 1 Low limit supervision supervision 2 High limit supervision 3 Brake off control P2346 Torque limit 300 0 3000 0 100 0 For brake control supervision value absolute values are used Reference limit 0 Not used P2 3 4 7 fiada 1 Low limit 2 High limit P2348 Reference limit EUI 0 0 0 Min frequency supervision value 100 0 Max frequency P2 3 4 9 aie 100 0 s 0 5 352 From brake off limits brake off dela External From Run request Use PASAN brake on delay 00 1000 100 0 0 fs is time longer than P2 1 4 0 Not used P2 3 4 11 et 1 Low limit aba C limit P23412 FG oo oo value a used Analogue il P2 3 4 13 a A 4 356 2 Al2 supervision signal 3 AI3 4 Al4 Pasay lugis siper 100 00 10 00 357 DO Off limit See P2 3 3 22 vision low limit TT ee 100 00 90 00 358 DO Off limit See P2 3 3 22 vision high limit NXP drives only Brake is closed and kept P2 3 4 16 Broke Dna 2x ly A 1085 closed if current is below Current Limit this value
52. OF PARAMETERS 8 1 Speed control parameters application 6 only Gain w l SpeedControl_Kp_FW 100 w SpeedControl_Kp_f0 W SpeedControl fo W SpeedControl f1 w FieldWeakeningPoint Figure 8 66 Speed Controller adaptive gain 1295 Speed controller torque minimum gain 6 2 6 23 30 The relative gain as a percentage of ID613 of the speed controller when the torque refer ence or the speed control output is less than the value of par D1296 This parameter is normally used to stabilise the speed controller for a drive system with gear backlash 1296 Speed controller torque minimum 76 22 29 The level of torque reference below which the speed controller gain is changed from 1D613 to 1D1295 This is in percentage of motor nominal torque The change is filtered according to par D1297 1297 Speed controller torque minimum filtering time 6 2 6 23 31 Filtering time for torque when the speed controller gain is changed between D613 and 1D1295 depending on ID1296 1298 Speed controller gain in field weakening area 6 2 6 23 28 The relative gain of the speed controller in the field weakening area as a percentage of par 1D613 1299 Speed controller gain f0 6 2 6 23 27 The relative gain of the speed controller as a percentage of par D613 when the speed is below the level defined by ID1300 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACO
53. P D reference 2 enable input function ID330 TRUE this parameter defines which reference place is selected as PID controller reference 0 Al1 reference terminals 2 and 3 e g potentiometer Al2 reference terminals 5 and 6 e g transducer Al3 reference Al4 reference PID reference 1 from keypad Reference from Fieldbus FBProcessDatalN3 see chapter 9 6 Motor potentiometer 7 PID reference 2 from keypad If value 6 is selected for this parameter the functions Motor potentiometer DOWN and Motor potentiometer UP must be connected to digital inputs parameters D417 and ID418 Gr L E WN Supervised analogue input 7 23213 0 Analogue input 1 All 1 Analogue input 2 Al2 Analogue input limit supervision 7 2 3 2 14 If the value of the selected analogue input goes under over the set supervision value par D374 this function generates a message through the digital output or the relay outputs depending on to which output the analogue input supervision function par 1D463 is connected O No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision Analogue input supervised value 7 2 3 2 15 The value of the selected analogue input to be supervised by parameter 10272 Analogue output offset 67 2 3 5 7 2 3 3 7 Add 100 0 to 100 0 to the analogue output signal PID sum point reference Place A direct reference 5 2 2 4 Defines which reference source is added to PID controller output
54. P2 2 6 10 Control from fieldbus 0 1 aa L fieldbus cc P2 2 6 11 Reverse 0 1 a eee omnes ee Direction reverse cc P2 2 6 12 Jogging speed A5 is lR speed Selected ier frequency reference cc P2 2 6 13 un E All faults reset cc P2 2 6 14 Acc Dec prohibit 0 1 415 Acc Dec prohibited cc P2 2 6 15 DC braking eel DC braking active cc Motor potentiometer Mot pot reference 222617 Motor potentiometer 0 1 418 Mot pot reference increases reference UP cc P2 2 6 18 Mutochenge A 2 426 Activated if cc Interlock P2 2 6 19 Mutochenge 2 0 1 A3 427 Activated if cc Interlock P2 2 6 20 al 3 0 1 428 Activated if cc Interlock P2 2 6 21 pufochanged 0 1 429 Activated if cc Interlock P2 2 6 22 auiechanaes 0 1 430 Activated if cc Interlock Selected with P2 1 11 oc Table 7 9 Input signals Digital inputs cc closing contact oc opening contact Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 0 111 7 5 4 7 8 4 1 Output signals Use TTF programming method for all these parameters See chapter 6 4 Code P2 3 1 1 P2 3 1 2 P2 3 1 3 P2 3 1 4 P2 3 1 5 P2 3 1 6 Parameter Min Ready o1 o1 432 Readytorun Do Rm tt o as Running Patt oai At O Tas DriveinFaultstate Inverted fault 01 0 1 435 DrivenotinFaultstate Warning o1 o1 436 Warningactiwe External fault 01 01 437 Externalfaultactive
55. R Ne 1 Yes gain a a EEN ee oo o no di pues ae ae fe damping Torque stabilator ae gain FWP EM EE jo s L Table 6 24 PMS Motor control parameters NXP drives 6 6 8 3 NXP drives Identification parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 6 25 Code Parameter Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 6 25 1 ST o mo 4 10 Jus S p2 6 25 2 Flux20 o 2500 2 fise S P2 6 25 3 Flux30 0 2500 30 asy o P2 6254 Flux40 o 2500 40 rset S p2 6 25 5 Flux50 0 2500 50 Jigs9 o p2 6 25 6 Flux60 o 2500 00 fiso i p2 6 25 7 Flux70 0 2500 70 na S p2 6 25 8 Flux80 0 2500 so ne i p2 6 25 9 Flux90 0 2500 90 lt t363 S P2 6 25 10 Fluxt00 o 2500 100 nes o p2 6 25 11 Fluxti0 0 2500 mo rs S P2 6 25 12 Fluxt20 o 2500 120 Iig66 i p2 6 25 13 Fluxi30 0 2500 130 ra S P2 6 25 14 EE P2 6 25 15 me eae acl eae 1369 P2 6 25 16 Rs voltage drop 30000 Varies Used tor torque calculation in Open Loop voltage scale scale P2 6 25 20 luOffset 32000 32000 0 P2 6 25 21 ore mo o ee P2 6 25 22 IwOffset 32000 32000 o 670 i P2 6 25 23 Speedstep 50 0 500 00 00 1252 NCDrivespeedtuning P2 6 25 24 Torquestep 1000 1000 00 00 1253 NCDrive torque tuning Table 6 25 Identification parameters NXP drives
56. Response to pagas ROE E See P2 7 21 fault _ P2 7 24 No of PT100 inputs 0 3 H a No response Response to PT100 1 Warning ie fault i 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P2 7 26 PT100 warning limit 30 0 2000 co 1200 m S P2 7 27 P1100 fault limit 300 2000 co 1300 jz Table 5 9 Protections G2 7 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 62 VACON PID CONTROL APPLICATION 5 4 9 Autorestart parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 8 Parameter 8 ame fon f om t O E e P28 2 Trialtme 000 4000 s 3000 7s on Ramp Start function 1 Flying start S According to P2 4 6 undervoltage trip eee O B C overvoltage trip overcurrent trip Number of tries after 4mA reference trip ofe foe fmf Number of tries after 10 726 motor temp fault trip Number of tries after external fault trip o fo ow foe a o Number of tries after Table 5 10 Autorestart parameters 62 8 5 4 10 Keypad control Control keypad Menu M3 The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the product s user s manual Parameter 1 1 0 terminal Control place 2 Keypad ST Fieldbus eee ee ae Direction Lon ge Forward 123 1 Reverse keypad PID reference a EE pis ooo PID reference 2 0 00 000 0 Limited function of St
57. Stop control signals are connected to the Master drive only Speed and torque references and control modes are selected for each drive separately The Master controls the Follower s via a SystemBus The Master station is typically speed controlled and the other drives follow its torque or speed reference Torque control of the Follower should be used when the motor shafts of the Master and Follower drives are solidly coupled to each other by gearing a chain etc so that no speed difference between the drives is possible Window control is recommended to keep the speed of the follower close to that of the master Speed control of the Follower should be used when the demand of speed accuracy is lower In such cases use of load drooping is recommended in all drives to balance the load 6 5 1 Master Follower link physical connections In figures below the master drive is located on the Left side and all others are followers The master follower physical Link can be built with OPT D1 or OPT D2 option boards See Vacon Option Board Manual ud00741 for further information 6 5 2 Optical fibre connection between frequency converters with OPT D1 In this connection example the Leftmost device is the Master and the others are followers Connect the output 1 of Device 1 to the input 2 of Device 2 and the input of Device 1 to the output 2 of Device 2 Note that in the end devices one terminal pair remains unused
58. U f curve parameters See parameters ID109 D108 ID604 and ID605 When the parameters ID110 and ID111 nominal voltage and nominal frequency of the motor are set the parameters ID602 and ID603 are automatically given the corresponding values If you need different values for the field weakening point and the maximum output voltage change these parameters after setting the parameters ID110 and D111 U f curve middle point frequency 234567 2 6 6 If the programmable U f curve has been selected with parameter ID108 this parameter defines the middle point frequency of the curve See Figure 8 2 and parameter ID605 U f curve middle point voltage 234567 2 6 7 If the programmable U f curve has been selected with parameter ID108 this parameter defines the middle point voltage of the curve See Figure 8 2 Output voltage at zero frequency 234567 2 6 8 This parameter defines the zero frequency voltage of the U f curve The default value varies according to unit size NOTE If the value of parameter D108 is changed this parameter is set to zero See Figure 8 2 Overvoltage controller 234567 2 6 10 These parameters allow the under overvoltage controllers to be switched out of operation This may be useful for example if the mains supply voltage varies more than 15 to 10 and the application will not tolerate this over undervoltage In this case the regulator controls the output frequency taking the supply fluctuations into account
59. actual value V1 21 PID Error value 22 In of the max error value V1 22 PID Output 23 In ofthe max output value vos Special display for 29 See parameters 2 2 46 to 2 2 49 actual value V1 24 E CY 42 Highest temperature of used inputs Temperature G1 25 Monitoring items Displays three selectable monitoring values Table 5 2 Monitoring values Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 PID CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 0 53 5 4 2 Basic parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 1 Code Parameter Max Unit Default Cust Note P2 1 1 ain frequency 000 Piz m oo RR SSS NOTE If fmax gt than the motor synchronous speed P2 1 2 Max frequency P2 1 1 320 00 50 00 check suitability for motor and drive system NOTE If PID controller is E used Acceleration time 2 P2 1 3 Acceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 S 1 0 103 P2 4 3 is automati cally applied NOTE If PID controller is P used Deceleration time 2 P2 1 4 Deceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 S 1 0 104 P2 4 4 is automati cally applied P2 15 Currentlimit 01x 2x4 a i Tio S NX2 230V 180 v NX5 400v NX6 R P2 1 7 Nominal frequency 320 00 50 00 Check the rating plate of of the motor the motor The default applies for a 4 P2 1 8 oni Spree st 20 000 1440 pole motor and a nominal the motor size frequency converter Nominal current of Check the rating plate of P2 1 9 2x Ea 113 the motor the motor Nominal voltage of th
60. and Fan Control Application Jogging speed programmable par 2 2 6 12 Bai intetlock 1 programmable par 22 6 8 20 Interlock 2 programmable par 2 2 6 19 DINS Q 2 1 3 Fieldbus Ctrl referencd 2 1 2 Keypad Crtl reference l par 2 2 6 23 Calculation of freq ref and A reference reference control logic of auxiliary drives autochan get RO1 se value 1 programmable 9 Y used ae Autochange 2 RO2 programmable All Q 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i Enable PID keypad ref 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 AIS Al4 PID FBProcessDamiNt dbus ref FeProcessbataiNt PD BAE ref ER 4 QUBON O OVAN 5 Fieldbus 1 1 U ar L ref 2 L Actual value 2 Doda 0 Not used P S ieldbus ref Q L o oa 1 Al1 FBProcessDatalN3 Do 2 Al2 sie cong 3 Al3 Keypad ref R3 2 Lai L d 4 Al4 s5 E 5 Fieldbus it 0 1 as se 1 i i 1 ar up S 1 i 2 1 19 Jogging speed re DING down Motor 5 Au i DINEQ potentiometer EEN 6 programmable La ae 1a f A B Internal gt l 1 Keypad frequency ref 1 4 F Fieldbus 6 Reset button Reference from fieldbus Start Stop from fieldbus Direction from fieldbus E 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 l 1 i Start Stop buttons L Stop button Internal Start Stop active P3 6 1 a E DOS fae od A ai ca al DINI Start Place A progr par 2 2 6 1 a i
61. automatics restarts can be made during the trial time set by 1D718 0 No automatic restart after External fault trip gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after External fault trip Automatic restart Number of tries after motor temperature fault trip 234567 2 8 8 This parameter determines how many automatics restarts can be made during the trial time set by ID718 0 No automatic restart after Motor temperature fault trip gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after the motor temperature has returned to its normal level Response to undervoltage fault 234567 2 7 5 O Fault stored in fault history 1 Fault not stored in fault history For the undervoltage limits see the product s user s manual 190 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 728 730 731 732 733 734 4MA fault frequency reference 234567 272 If the value of parameter ID700 is set to 3 and the 4mA fault occurs then the frequency reference to the motor is the value of this parameter Input phase supervision 234567 2 7 4 O No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to D506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting The input phase supervision ensures that the input phases of the frequency converter have an approximately equal current Automatic restart 7 2 20 The Automatic restart is taken into use with this parameter 0 Disabled 1 Enabled The function resets the following faults max
62. chapter 9 6 Application 5 6 Motor torque 7 Motor speed 8 Motor current 9 Motor power 10 Encoder frequency for Actual value 1 only Actual value 1 minimum scale 57 22 11 2 2 1 11 Sets the minimum scaling point for Actual value 1 See Figure 8 22 Actual value 7 maximum scale 57 2 2 12 2 2 1 12 Sets the maximum scaling point for Actual value 1 See Figure 8 22 Actual value 2 minimum scale 57 2 2 13 22 1 13 Sets the minimum scaling point for Actual value 2 See Figure 8 22 Actual value 2 maximum scale 57 2 2 14 2 2 1 14 Sets the maximum scaling point for Actual value 2 See Figure 8 22 A Scaled input signal aled Sc input signal 100 ID336 30 ID337 80 76 5 4 15 3 mA ID338 30 ID339 140 i 1 Analogue Ps f Analogue 100 input E 140 input Ba t gt lt N z kt 10 0 V 20 0 mA 20 0 mA 4 NX12k34 Figure 8 22 Examples of actual value signal scaling PID error value inversion 57 2 2 82 2 2 1 5 This parameter allows you to invert the error value of the PID controller and thus the operation of the PID controller O No inversion 1 Inverted PID reference rise time 57 2 2 33 2 2 1 6 Defines the time during which the PID controller reference rises from 0 to 100 146 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 342 PID reference fall time 57 2 2 34 2 2 1 7 Defines the time during which the PID controller reference falls from 100 to
63. data p2 9 10 F gera grataat 10000 37 859 with parameter ID Def Last Active Fault NXP drives only In NXS default values are not editable a ee Choose controlled data P2 9 11 in 1 nen 10000 1140 876 with parameter ID Def FB Torque Reference Fieldb dat Choose controlled data cr oh ia 10000 46 877 with parameter ID Def FB Limit Scaling ida ic didi Choose controlled data P2 9 13 in3 is nee 10000 47 878 with parameter ID Def FB Adjust Reference piala panenn dale Choose controlled data P2 9 14 rd oa 10000 with parameter ID Def FB Analogue Output P2915 Fieldbus process data EUI Choose controlled data in 5 selection with parameter ID P2 9 16 Fieldbus process data 10000 881 Choose controlled data in 6 selection with parameter ID P2 9 17 F eldbus process data 10000 882 Choose controlled data in 7 selection with parameter ID P2 9 18 F eldbus process data 10000 883 Choose controlled data in 8 selection with parameter ID Table 6 28 Fieldbus parameters 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vacon dvacon com 92 VACON MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION 6 6 12 Torque control parameters Control Keypad Menu M2 262 10 Code Parameter Min Unit Default Cust ID Note Combination of ID1288 amp 0 Torque limit control P2102 mo f 0 sed oniy in Open Loop pon Wai anni B o a control mode 0 Not used 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 AI3 Torque reference 4 Al4 selection 5 Al1 joystick 10 10 V 6 Al2 joyst
64. display maximum 57 2247 29 30 Actual value special display decimals 57 2 2 48 2 9 31 Actual value special display unit 57 2209 2 9 32 The Actual value special display parameters are used to convert and display the actual value signal in a form more informative to the user The Actual value special display parameters are available in P D Control Application and Pump and Fan Control Application Example The actual value signal sent from a sensor in mA tells you the amount of waste water pumped from a tank per second The signal range is 0 4 20ma Instead of receiving the level of the actual value signal in mA on the display you wish to receive the amount of water pumped in m s You then set a value for par D1033 to correspond to the mini mum signal level 0 4 mA and another value for par ID1034 to correspond to the maxi mum signal level 20 mA The number of decimals needed can be set with par D1035 and the unit m s with par ID1036 The level of the actual value signal is then scaled between the set min and max values and displayed in the selected unit 204 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS The following units can be selected par ID1036 NotUsed 0 1 vo 20 Table 8 16 Selectable values for Actual Value Special Display NOTE The maximum number of characters that can be shown on keypad is 4 This means that in some cases the display of the unit on the keypad does not comply with the
65. if PID controller is used No additional reference Direct PID output value PID output All reference from terminals 2 and 3 e g potentiometer PID output Al2 reference from terminals 4 and 5 e g transducer PID output PID keypad reference PID output Fieldbus reference FBSpeedReference PID output Motor potentiometer reference PID output Fieldbus PID output ProcessDatalN3 see chapter 9 6 PID output Motor potentiometer If value 7 is selected for this parameter the values of parameters D319 and ID301 are automatically set to 13 See Figure 8 33 NO OR WORD C9 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 155 PID Max limit PID Min limit Z Figure 8 33 PID sum point reference Note The maximum and minimum limits illustrated in the picture limit only the PID output no other outputs 377 Al1 signal selection 234567 2 2 8 2 2 3 22 15 2 2 2 1 Connect the Al1 signal to the analogue input of your choice with this parameter For more information about the TTF programming method see chapter 6 4 384 All joystick hysteresis 6 2228 This parameter defines the joystick hysteresis between 0 and 20 When the joystick or potentiometer control is turned from reverse to forward the output frequency falls linearly to the selected minimum frequency joystick potentiometer in middle position and stays there until the joystick potentiometer is turned
66. if powered down 0 Not used 1 Al1 2 2 Al2 P2 2 1 4 Adjust input 3 AI3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus see group G2 9 P2 2 1 5 Adjustminimum 00 P2 2 1 6 Adjust maximum 0 0 Table 6 6 Input signals basic settings 62 2 1 Motor potentiometer frequency reference memory reset Code Parameter Min Unit Default Cust Note Pee fo fee pu fo selection chapter 6 4 P2 2 2 2 a S O RE a a e 0 0 10 V 0 20 mA z 1 2 10 V 4 20 mA All signal range 3 320 2 10V 10V 3 Custom range AM custom of input signal range maximum setting Al reference Selects the frequency that scaling minimum pepe pete corresponds to the min value reference signal Al reference ee d Selects the frequency that scaling maximum 320 00 corresponds to the max value reference signal hysteresis input Drive goes to sleep mode AM sleep limit 100 00 if input is below this limit EDO ER T P2 2 2 10 Allsleepdelay 0 00 320 00 s 0 00 386 E Enter for 1s to set 0 ead sa aas S oe ee SE offset Reset to set 0 00 Table 6 7 Analogue input 1 parameters 62 2 2 Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See the product s User s Manual 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 76 VACON MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION 6 6 4 3 Analogue input 2 Control keypad Menu M2 gt 622 3 Parameter Al2 signal 0 1 E10 A TTF programming See selection chapter 6 4 Al2filtertime 0 00 10
67. increase delay after stopping auxiliary drive 7 2 9 22 If the speed of auxiliary drive increases slowly e g in soft starter control then a delay between the start of auxiliary drive and the frequency drop of the variable speed drive will make the control smoother This delay can be adjusted with parameter ID1025 In the same way if the speed of the auxiliary drives decreases slowly a delay between the auxiliary drive stop and the frequency increase of the variable speed drive can be programmed with parameter ID1026 See Figure 8 62 If either of the values of parameters ID1025 and 1D1026 is set to maximum 300 0 s no frequency drop nor increase takes place Output frequency A Start freq of aux drive 1 Hz Stop freq of aux drive 1 Hz Time 1 1 1 1 I 1 E drop del l requency grop detay Frequency increase 1 par ID1025 delay par 1D1026 i i peer deer td 1 1 1 1 Aux drive l control Aux drive speed 1 Start delay of l aux drive par ID1010 S Stop delay of aux drive par ID1011 NX12k94 fh3 Figure 8 62 Frequency drop and increase delays 1027 Autochange 7 2 9 24 0 Autochange not used 1 Autochange used Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 201 1028 Autochange interlocks automatics selection 7 2 9 25 0 Automatics autochange interlockings applied to auxiliary drives only The drive controlled by the frequ
68. initiates a overtemperature signal which can be led to a digital output NOTE This function requires a converter equipped with a thermistor input Motor regulator activation 67 22223 2 3 1 23 One of the limit regulators current limit torque limit has been activated Fieldbus Digital input 7 67 72324 231 24 Fieldbus Digital input 2 67 2 3 3 25 2 3 1 25 Fieldbus Digital input 3 67 2 3 3 26 2 3 1 26 The data from the fieldbus Fieldbus Control Word can be led to frequency converter digital outputs See the fieldbus manual for details See also ID169 and ID170 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 165 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com Autochange 1 Auxiliary drive 1 control 7 2 3 1 27 Control signal for autochange auxiliary drive 1 Default programming B 1 Autochange 2 Auxiliary drive 2 control 7 2 3 1 28 Control signal for autochange auxiliary drive 2 Default programming B 2 Autochange 3 Auxiliary drive 3 control 7 23 14 29 Control signal for autochange auxiliary drive 3 If three or more auxiliary drives are used we recommend to connect nr 3 too to a relay output Since the OPT A2 board only has two relay outputs it is advisable to purchase an I O expander board with extra relay outputs e g Vacon OPT B5 Autochange 4 Auxiliary drive
69. motor for the set time after the drive is stopped This function is used to shorten the time before the full motor torque is available O No flux after the motor is stopped gt 0 The flux off delay in seconds lt 0 The flux is maintained in the motor after stop until the next Run request is given to the drive 1412 Torque stabilator gain 6 2 6 24 6 Additional gain for the torque stabilator at zero frequency 1413 Torque stabilator damping 6 2 6 24 7 This parameter defines the time constant for the torque stabilator The greater the parameter value the shorter the time constant If a PMS motor is used in Open Loop control mode it is recommended to use value 980 in this parameter instead of 1000 1414 Torque stabilator gain in fieldweakening point 6 2 6 24 8 The general gain for the torque stabilator 1420 Prevention of startup 6 22725 This parameter is enabled when the Prevention of start circuit is used to inhibit the gate pulses The parameter is available for NXP drives only 1424 Restart delay 6 2 6 17 The delay time within which the drive can not be restarted after a coast stop The time can be set up to 60 000 seconds The Closed Loop control mode uses a different delay NOTE This function is not available when flying start is selected for start function ID505 The parameter is available for NXP drives only 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 212 VACON DESCRIPTION
70. on 1 the settings of parameters D312 to ID314 applications 3 4 5 or 2 to which output the temperature limit supervision signal par D450 is connected applications 6 and 7 Frequency converter temperature limit value 34567 2 3 21 2 3 4 12 2 3 2 12 This temperature value is supervised by parameter ID354 Analogue supervision signal 6 2 3 4 13 With this parameter you can select the analogue input to be monitored O Not used 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 Al3 4 Al4 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 149 357 358 359 360 367 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com Analogue supervision low limit 6 2 3 4 14 Analogue supervision high limit 6 2 3 4 15 These parameters set the low and high Limits of the signal selected with par D356 See Figure 8 25 Analogue input selected with par ID356 l l I E l l I l In this example the programming of par ID463 B 1 NX12k116 Figure 8 25 An example of On Off control PID controller minimum limit 5 2 2 30 PID controller maximum limit 5 2 2 31 With these parameters you can set the minimum and maximum limits for the PID controller output Limit setting 1600 0 of fmax lt par ID359 lt par ID360 lt 1600 0 of fmax These limits are of importance for example when you define the gain I time and D time for the PID controller Free analogue input signal se
71. or exceeds the set limit ID349 this function generates a message through a digital output depending on 1 the settings of parameters ID312 to ID314 applications 3 4 5 or 2 to which output the torque limit supervision signal par D451 is connected applications 6 and 7 349 Torque limit supervision value 34567 2 3 15 2 3 4 6 2 3 2 6 Set here the torque value to be supervised by parameter ID348 Applications 3 and 4 Torque supervision value can be reduced below the setpoint with external free analogue input signal selection and selected function see parameters D361 and ID362 350 Reference limit supervision function 34567 2 3 16 2 3 4 7 2 3 2 7 O No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision If the reference value falls below or exceeds the set limit ID351 this function generates a warning through a digital output depending on 1 the settings of parameters D312 to ID314 applications 3 4 5 or 2 to which output the reference limit supervision signal par D449 is connected applications 6 and 7 The supervised reference is the current active reference It can be place Aor B reference depending on DIN6 input I O reference panel reference or fieldbus reference 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 148 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 357 352 353 354 355 356 Reference limit supervision value 34567 2 3 17 2 3 4 8 2 3 2 8
72. small The motor thermal protection is based on a calculated model and it uses the output current of the drive to determine the load on the motor The motor thermal protection can be adjusted with parameters The thermal current ly specifies the load current above which the motor is overloaded This current limit is a function of the output frequency The thermal stage of the motor can be monitored on the control keypad display See the product s user s manual NOTE If you use long motor cables max 100m together with small drives lt 1 5 kW the motor current measured by the drive can be much higher than the actual motor current due to capacitive currents in the motor cable Con CAUTION The calculated model does not protect the motor if the airflow to the motor is reduced by blocked air intake grill The model starts from zero if the control board is powered off sider this when setting up the motor thermal protection functions 9 4 Parameters of Stall protection ID s 709 to 712 General The motor stall protection protects the motor from short time overload situations such as one caused by a stalled shaft The reaction time of the stall protection can be set shorter than that of motor thermal protection The stall state is defined with two parameters ID710 Stall current and ID712 Stall frequency limit If the current is higher than the set limit and the output frequency is lower than the set limit the st
73. speed control application Parameter lete 39 5 PID Control Applications a oe iret eee ee a a a 49 5 1 LITT OO UCL ION atta dala a ERON JE NA St at Sat asl al Cet aS lah ld teats 49 52 Control T 50 5 9 Control signal logic in PID Control Application eee 51 5 4 PID Application Parameter St 52 6 Multi purpose Control Application s esse sese eee eee 63 Os SURO OUCTION eY TRET Tea RP oooh ts date AA CHR RR AND RR RR 63 6 2 CORT GEO Assit canis pitt As ietsy oishas a O TR DRE END NERD TRE ROD eae hee 64 6 3 Control signal logic in Multi Purpose Control Application eee 65 6 4 Terminal To Function TTF programming BrIHcIDISa eereereereereeenarenteos 66 6 5 Master Follower function NXP anll 68 6 6 Multi purpose Control Application Parameter St 70 7 Pump and Fan Control Application sese sees eee eree eee 95 F AMENO O CLONE rerni o oti R st hale abe A rE qa chest A ole EE AD a aa 95 72 SCOUT O Pace aa na tee Meda cts Goede A uate Oh ated cs 96 7 3 Control signal logic in Pump and Fan Control Application see 98 7 4 Short description of function and essential parameters eee e 99 7 5 Pump and Fan Control Application Parameter St eee 105 8 Description Of parameters T 121 8 1 Speed control parameters application 6 only eccecccsccssecserscvsessssssrssessessessrssessessesetsstssrsctscese 212 8 2 Keypad control Parameters eves scoveverivaasne a calado ssa aan teas a Salm USA eames yetiess eee tt iara 214 Tel 358
74. start Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See the product s User Manual 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 18 VACON STANDARD APPLICATION 2 4 4 Output signals Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 3 Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust Note Analogue output 1 TTF programming method A 1 signal selection used See page 66 0 Not used 20 mA 10 V 1 Output freq O f 2 Freq reference O f 3 Motor speed 0 Motor Analogue output 1 nominal speed function 4 Motor current 0 1 motor 5 Motor torque 0 T motor 6 Motor power O P motor 7 Motor voltage 0 U motor 8 DC link volt 0 1000V ge omp 10 00 s 1 00 0 No filtering filter time Analogue output 1 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted Analogue output 1 0 0 mA 0 V minimum 1 4 mA 2 V scale 0 Not used 1 Ready 2 Run 3 Fault 4 Fault inverted 5 FC overheat warning 6 Ext fault or warning 7 Ref fault or warning 8 Warning 9 Reversed 10 Preset speed 1 11 At speed 12 Mot regulator active 13 OP freq limit 1 superv 14 Control place IO 15 Thermistor fault warng 16 Fieldbus DIN1 2 As parameter 2 3 7 ERG ee p As parameter 2 3 7 aE Ds Es Digital output 1 function RO1 function 0 RO2 function 0 E 0 No limit 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision Output frequency limit 1 supervision Output frequency limit 1 Supervised va
75. this parameter For more information about the TTF programming method see chapter 6 4 Digital output function can be inverted by Control options par D1084 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 167 487 Digital output 1 on delay 6 7 3 1 3 488 Digital output 1 off delay 6 2 3 1 4 With these parameters you can set on and off delays to digital outputs Signal programmed to J digital output l 1 I I DO1 or DO2 output l I e 1 ON delay OFF delay NX12k102 Figure 8 41 Digital outputs 1 and 2 on and off delays 489 Digital output 2 signal selection 6 2 3 2 1 See ID486 490 Digital output 2 function 6 23 22 See ID312 491 Digital output 2 on delay 6 2323 492 Digital output 2 off delay 6 2 3 2 4 With these parameters you can set on and off delays for the digital outputs See parameters D487 and D488 493 Adjust input 6 22148 With this parameter you can select the signal according to A Adjust E f Hz maximum which the frequency reference Adjusted ID495 10 to the motor is fine adjusted Adjust 0 ID494 10 O Not used 1 Analogue input 1 2 Analogue input 2 3 Analogue input 3 K 4 Analogue input 4 minimum 5 Signal from fieldbus FBProcessDatalN see chapter 9 6 and parameter group 62 9 gt Analogue input NX12K108 Figure 8 42 An example of adjust input 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email
76. to program these parameters On parameter code Parameter value can only be changed after the FC has been stopped 5 4 1 Monitoring values Control keypad menu M1 The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring values cannot be edited See the product s user s manual for more information Note that the monitoring values V1 19 to V1 22 are available with the PID control application only Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor control reference V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque 4 Calculated shaft torque V1 6 Motor power 5 Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC link voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature V1 10 Motor temperature 9 Calculated motor temperature v1 11 Analogue input 1 V mA 13 Al V1 12 Analogue input 2 V mA 14 Al2 V1 13 Analogue input 3 27 AI3 V1 14 Analogue input 4 28 Al4 V1 15 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 16 DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 16 Digital input statuses V1 17 DO1 RO1 RO2 17 Digital and relay output statuses V1 18 Analogue lou mA 26 A01 V1 19 PID Reference 20 In of the max frequency V1 20 PID Actual value 21 In of the max
77. vaconfavacon com 168 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 494 495 496 498 Adjust minimum 6 2 2 1 5 Adjust maximum 6 2 2 1 6 These parameters define the minimum and maximum of adjusted signals See Figure 8 42 NOTE The adjustment is made to the basic reference signal Parameter Set 1 Set 2 selection 6 227 21 With this parameter you can select between Parameter Set 1 and Set 2 The input for this function can be selected from any slot The procedure of selecting between the sets is explained in the product s user s manual Digital input FALSE Set 1 is loaded as the active set Digital input TRUE Set 2 is loaded as the active set Note The parameter values are stored only when selecting 76 3 7 Parameter sets Store Set Jor Store Set 2in System menu or from NCDrive Drive gt Parameter Sets Start pulse memory 3 2 2 24 Giving a value for this parameter determines if the present RUN status is copied when the control place is changed from A to B or vice versa O The RUN status is not copied 1 The RUN status is copied In order for this parameter to have effect parameters ID300 and 1D363 must have been set the value 3 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 169 500 507 502 503 504 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com Acceleration Deceleration ramp 1 shape 234567 2 4 1 Acceleration Deceleration ramp 2 sh
78. 0 343 1 0 B reference selection 57 2 2 5 22 1 1 Defines the selected frequency reference place when the drive is controlled from the 1 0 terminal and reference place B is active DIN6 closed 0 All reference terminals 2 and 3 e g potentiometer Al2 reference terminals 5 and 6 e g transducer Al3 reference Al4 reference Keypad reference parameter R32 Reference from Fieldbus FBSpeedReference Motor potentiometer reference PID controller reference select actual value par D333 to 1D339 and the PID control reference par ID332 If value 6 is selected for this parameter in Application 5 the values of parameters 10217 and D301 are automatically set to 13 In Application 7 the functions Motorpotentiometer DOWN and Motorpotentiometer UP must be connected to digital inputs parameters ID417 and D418 if value 6 is selected for this parameter NOOR OD A 344 Reference scaling minimum value place B 57 2 2 95 2 2 1 18 345 Reference scaling maximum value place B 57 2 2 36 2 2 1 19 You can choose a scaling range for the frequency reference from control place B between the Minimum and Maximum frequency If no scaling is desired set the parameter value to 0 In figures below input Al1 with signal range 0 100 is selected for Place B reference NOTE This scaling does not affect the fieldbus reference scaled between Minimum frequency par D101 and Maximum frequency par D102 A Output A Output freq
79. 0 00 speed check suitability for motor and drive system Accelerationtime1 01 30000 s 30 iof 7 pt __ Current limit 01x 2x A n f no o Nominal voltage of NX2 230V the Aei NX5 400V NX6 690V Nominal frequency 320 00 50 00 Check the rating plate of of the motor the motor The default applies for a Nominal speed of 20 000 1440 i 4 pole motor anda the motor nominal size frequency converter Nominal current of Check the rating plate of Sea SETS ES eT a Motor cos 120 Check the rating plate of the motor 0 AI 1 Al2 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 4 Motor potentiometer 0 AI 1 Al2 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 4 Motor potentiometer 4 0 Al1 3 1 Al2 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus P2 1 2 1 0 A reference 1 0 B reference a Keypad control reference 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus Fieldbus control reference RZ vjolo x VINIS ZISIS q Ol Jogging speed reference Table 3 3 Basic parameters 62 1 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 28 VACON LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION 3 4 3 Input signals Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 2 Parameter Start fwd Start rvs Start Stop Reverse Start Stop Run enable Start pulse Stop pulse Start fwd Mot pot UP Start fwd Start rvs Start Stop Reverse Start Stop Run enable Start fwd Mot pot UP 0 Not used 1 Ext fault closing cont 2 Ext fault opening cont 3 Run enable 4 Acc Dec time select
80. 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 VACON O 5 9 APpeENdICES ss ccs ae ie cers uia a ox cisne CEO a ad RS 215 9 1 External brake control with additional limits HD s 315 316 346 to 349 352 22 215 92 Closed loop parameters ID s 612 to ail 217 2 3 Parameters of motor thermal protection ID S 704 to 708 218 9 4 Parameters of Stall protection ID s 709 to 712 218 9 5 Parameters of Underload protection ID s 713 to 716 219 9 6 Fieldbus control parameters ID s 850 to 859 219 10 eee ae EAA A A a A AEA ATE 221 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 6 VACON Basic APPLICATION 1 BASIC APPLICATION Software code ASFIFFO1 1 1 Introduction The Basic Application is a simple and easy to use application Itis the default setting on delivery from the factory Otherwise select the Basic Application in menu M6 on page S6 2 See the product s User s Manual Digital input DIN3 is programmable The parameters of the Basic Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter 1 1 1 Motor protection functions in the Basic Application The Basic Application provides almost all the same protection functions as the other applications External fault protection Input phase supervision Undervoltage protection Output phase supervision Earth fault protection Motor thermal protection Thermistor fault protection
81. 0 6581 3734 fax 86 10 6581 3754 FRANCE Vacon France ZAC du Fresne 1 Rue Jacquard BP72 91280 Saint Pierre du Perray CDIS telephone 33 0 1 69 89 60 30 fax 33 0 1 69 89 60 40 Vacon distributor PRODUCTION Suzhou China Vacon Suzhou Drives Co Ltd Building 13CD 428 Xinglong Street Suchun Industrial Square Suzhou 215126 telephone 86 512 6283 6630 fax 86 512 6283 6618 SALES COMPANIES AND REPRESENTATIVE OFFICES GERMANY Vacon GmbH Gladbecker Strasse 425 45329 Essen telephone 49 0 201 806 700 fax 49 0 201 806 7099 INDIA Vacon India Flat no T1 3rd floor VNS Ashok Apartment Plot no 9A New Beach Road Thiruvanmiyur Chennai 600041 Tel 91 44 245 150 18 ITALY Vacon S p A Via F lli Guerra 35 42100 Reggio Emilia telephone 39 0522 276811 fax 39 0522 276890 THE NETHERLANDS Vacon Benelux BV Weide 40 4206 CJ Gorinchem telephone 31 0 183 642 970 fax 31 0 183 642 971 NORWAY Vacon AS Langgata 2 3080 Holmestrand telephone 47 330 96120 fax 47 330 96130 RUSSIA ZAO Vacon Drives Bolshaja Jakimanka 31 109180 Moscow telephone 7 095 974 14 47 fax 7 095 974 15 54 ZAO Vacon Drives 2ya Sovetskaya 7 office 210A 191036 St Petersburg telephone 7 812 332 1114 fax 7 812 279 9053 eee SSS S Vacon Traction Oy Vehnamyllynkatu 18 33580 Tampere telephone 358 0 201 2121 fax 358 0 201 212 710 SPAIN Vacon Drives Ib rica S
82. 0 tino fms 100 RA P gain Table 5 8 Motor control parameters G2 6 v v U v G IN G N o jel amp o w n gt no P2 6 14 11 Start up torque Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 PID CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 6 61 5 4 8 Protections Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 7 Parameter 0 No response 1 Warning Response to 4mA 2 Warning Previous Freq ba reference fault D 2 4 me 3 Wrng PresetFreq 2 7 2 4 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting frequency P27 3 Response to external 0 No response as fault 1 Warning Input phase 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 P2 7 4 supervision 3 Fault stop by coasting P275 Response to 0 Fault stored in history na undervoltage fault 1 Fault not stored supervision P2 7 7 Earth fault protection 0 3 lg smn acc to 24 7 Thermal protection AREATA factor at zero speed constant P2 7 12 ata ooa No response P2 7 13 Stall protection alee Re re 3 Fault stop by coasting P2 7 14 Stallcurrent_ 000 2x A w 7o S P2 7 15 Stalltimelimit 100 12000 s 1500 m oo P27 16 Stall frequency limit 10 P212 Hz 250 m 77 0 No response E 1 Warning P2 7 17 Underload protection 713 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P2 7 19 more n 2 O P2 7 20 ee 20 716 protection time limit 0 No response Response to 1 Warning Kez thermistor fault 2 132 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting
83. 00 E A 0 No filtering 0 0 20 mA 0 10 V l 1 4 20 mA 2 10 V Al2 signal range 3 1 325 2 10V 10V 3 Custom range Al2 custom f of input signal range 160 00 160 00 EAEN 100 00 327 e g 18mA 90 maximum setting Al2 reference Selects the frequency that scaling minimum 320 00 corresponds to the min value reference signal Al2 reference Selects the frequency that scaling maximum 320 00 corresponds to the max value reference signal hysteresis input e g 10 B Drive goes to sleep mode Al2 sleep limit 100 00 if input is below this limit EO ci set time PZZ310 Adsleepdelay 000 32000 s 00 57 Lare Enter for 1s to set P2 2 3 11 Al2 joystick offset 100 00 100 00 S offset Reset to set 0 00 Table 6 8 Analogue input 2 parameters G2 2 3 6 6 4 4 Analogue input 3 Control keypad Menu M2 gt 622 4 Parameter Al3 signal 0 1 E10 0 1 141 TTF programming See selection chapter 6 4 Alfiltertime 000 1000 s 000 142 0 Nofiltering 0 0 20 mA 0 10 V 1 4 20 mA 2 10 V Al3 signal range 3 143 2 10V 10V 3 Custom range AI3 custom E A of input signal range maximum setting AI3 signal inversion 1 151 near inverted 1 Inverted Table 6 9 Analogue input 3 parameters G2 2 4 Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See the product s User s Manual Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 6 7
84. 01 212 205 STANDARD APPLICATION VACON 0 15 2 4 Standard Application Parameter lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups Each parameter includes a link to the respective parameter description The parameter descriptions are given on pages 121 to 214 The descriptions are arranged according to the ID number of the parameter Column explanations Code Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Parameter Name of parameter Min Minimum value of parameter Max Maximum value of parameter Unit Unit of parameter value Given if available Default Value preset by factory Cust Customer s own setting ID ID number of the parameter o In parameter row Use TTF method to program these parameters On parameter code Parameter value can only be changed after the frequency converter has been stopped 2 4 1 Monitoring values Control keypad menu M1 The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring values cannot be edited See the product s User s Manual for more information Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor i control V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm V1 4 Motor current A 3 V
85. 1 0 1 438 4 mA fault or warning fault warning active warning active P2 3 3 9 Reverse 01 01 440 Output frequency lt 0 Hz P2 3 3 10 Unrequested direction 0 1 0 1 E A e requested direction P2 3 3 1 At speed 0 1 0 1 mp INS Raa frequency S Jogging or preset speed O controlplace 01 01 444 IOcontrolactive External brake control RAE i 446 163 inverted Output frequency limit See 1D315 1 supervision Output frequency limit See ID346 2 supervision supervision P2 3 3 1 Temperature limit 450 Drive temperature supervision supervision See ID354 452 463 454 455 Pa Po BZ a lEI N PL SS ao PES N supervision p2 3 3 21 Themistor fault or warning o Jel o as See 1D356 455 See fieldbus manual See fieldbus manual See fieldbus manual P2 3 3 22 H supervision limit Motor regulator PS S78 Narre activation P2 3 3 24 P2 3 3 25 P2 3 3 26 P2 3 3 27 P2 3 3 28 NXP drives onl P2 3 3 29 DC read pulse 01 01 1218 ForexternalDC charger P2 3 3 29 Safe Disable Active 01 01 756 O Table 6 15 Digital output signals 62 3 3 Be ABSOLUTELY sure not to connect two functions to one and same output in order to avoid function overruns and to ensure WARNING flawless operation Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 6 81 6 6 5 4 Limit settings Control keypad Menu
86. 1 212 205 LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 35 3 4 9 Autorestart parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 8 Parameter 8 S fon mo os og ma e P28 2 Trialtime 000 6000 s 3000 718 Lar Ramp Start function 1 Flying start ES According to P2 4 6 undervoltage trip eee E B C overvoltage trip overcurrent trip Number of tries after 4mA reference trip o foo foo fmf Number of tries after 10 726 motor temp fault trip Number of tries after external fault trip o fo fo Tlm o Number of tries after Table 3 10 Autorestart parameters 62 8 3 4 10 Keypad control Control keypad Menu M3 The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the product s User s Manual Parameter 1 1 0 terminal Control place 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 0 Forward 1 Reverse 0 Limited function of Stop button gia DN 1 Stop button always enabled Table 3 11 Keypad control parameters M3 3 4 11 System menu Control keypad Menu M For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter such as appli cation and language selection customised parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see the product s User s Manual 3 4 12 Expander boards Control keypad Menu M7 The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board related information
87. 1 5 Motor torque 4 Calculated shaft torque V1 6 Motor power 5 Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC link voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature v1 10 Motor temperature 9 Calculated motor temperature V1 11 Analogue input 1 V mA 13 All V1 12 Analogue input 2 V mA 14 Al2 V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 14 DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 16 Digital input statuses V1 15 DO1 R01 RO2 17 Digital and relay output statuses V1 16 Analogue mA 26 AO1 M1 17 Monitoring items Displays E monitoring values Table 2 2 Monitoring values 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 16 9 VACON STANDARD APPLICATION 2 4 2 Basic parameters Control keypad Menu M2 2 62 1 Parameter win frequency 000 P212 m 00 tor SSS NOTE If fmax gt than the motor synchronous speed Max frequency P2 1 1 320 00 Hz 50 00 102 check suitability for motor and drive system 30000 s 30 ig gt E pesam O H Currentlimit 0 Sa SRAI Nominal voltage of Nee cay the See L NX6 690V Nominal rd E EEE 00 50 00 Check the rating plate of a e od the motor the motor The default applies for a 4 ponina Spean a 20 000 1440 pole motor and a nominal the motor f size frequency converter Nominal current of Check the rating plate of 113 P motor the motor the motor 0 AI1 1 Al2 1 0 reference 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus Keypad con
88. 15 DC brake current at EH I stop P2 4 16 Inching reference 1 320 00 320 00 e P2 4 17 Inching reference 2 320 00 320 00 OL o O P2 4 18 3200 0 s P2 491 Emergency stop 0 Coasting mode 1 Ramp Stop state Table 6 20 Drive control parameters 62 4 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 85 6 6 7 Prohibit frequency parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 5 Parameter Prohi rang er s o t frequency 1 00 320 00 0 Not used 1 low limit Prohibit frequency 320 00 510 0 Not used range 1 high limit Prohibit frequency 320 00 511 O Not used range 2 low limit Oo gt oO o Prohi it frequency Prohi rang Prohib on it frequency 320 00 513 O Not used 3 low limit it frequency ramp Table 6 21 Prohibit frequencies G2 5 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 86 VACON MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION 6 6 8 Motor control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 6 Parameter Motor control mode 0 U f optimisation EN U f ratio selection Field weakening point Voltage at field 10 00 weakening point U f curve midpoint frequency U f curve midpoint voltage Output voltage at zero rand Switching frequency frequency 10 Overvoltage controller Undervoltage controller P2 6 12 Motor control mode 2 pa 6 13 Speed controller P gain open Loop pa
89. 19 Figure 8 16 Output frequency supervision 319 DIN2 function 5 2 2 1 This parameter has 14 selections If digital input DIN2 need not be used set the parameter value to 0 1 External fault normally open Contact closed Fault is displayed and motor stopped when the input is active 2 External fault normally closed Contact open Fault is displayed and motor stopped when the input is not active 3 Run enable Contact open Start of motor disabled Contact closed Start of motor enabled Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON O 141 oO 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com Acceleration or deceleration time selection Contact open Acceleration Deceleration time 1 selected Contact closed Acceleration Deceleration time 2 selected Closing contact Force control place to 1 0 terminal Closing contact Force control place to keypad Closing contact Force control place to fieldbus When the control place is forced to change the values of Start Stop Direction and Reference valid in the respective control place are used reference according to parameters ID343 ID121 and ID122 Note The value of D125 Keypad Control Place does not change When DIN2 opens the control place is selected according to keypad control place selection Reverse Contact open Forward If several inputs are programmed to reverse o
90. 2 6 Mean Actual1 Actual2 7 Sgrt Act1 Sqrt Act2 0 Not used 1 Al1 signal c board 2 Al2 signal c board 3 AI3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus ProcessDatalN2 6 Motor torque 7 Motor speed 8 Motor current 9 Motor power 10 Encoder frequency DIN2 function w DIN5 function DIN3 function wo PID sum point reference 1 0 B reference selection reference selection Fieldbus control reference selection Actual value selection N Actual value 1 selection O CP control place cc closing contact oc opening contact Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 PID CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 55 Actual value 2 input minimum scale Actual value 1 minimum scale Actual value 2 Al1 signal range Al1 custom minimum setting Al1 custom maximum setting AM filter time Al2 signal selection Al2 signal range Al2 custom minimum setting Al2 custom maximum setting Al2 filter time 1600 0 1600 0 1600 0 1600 0 1600 0 1600 0 1600 0 1600 0 160 00 160 00 160 00 160 00 10 00 s 160 00 160 00 Ea 160 00 160 00 0 Not used 1 Al1 signal 2 Al2 signal 3 AI3 4 Al4 nos 5 Fieldbus ProcessDatalN3 6 Motor torque 7 Motor speed 8 Motor current 9 Motor power 0 No minimum scaling 100 No maximum scaling 0 No minimum scaling 100 No maximum scaling 77 TTF programming method used See page 66 0 0 10 V 0 20 mA 1 2 10 V 4 20
91. 2 Actual value 1 to PID controller 0 01 Process Data IN3 Actual value 2 to PID controller EEE 0 01 PD4 PD8 Not used Table 9 5 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 FAULT TRACING VACON 221 10 FAULT TRACING The fault codes their causes and correcting actions are presented in the table below The shadowed faults are A faults warnings only The items written in white on black background present faults for which you can program different responses in the application See parameter group Protections Note When contacting distributor or factory because of a fault condition always write down all texts and codes on the keypad display Possible cause Correcting measures Overcurrent Frequency converter has detected too Check loading high a current gt 4 in the motor cable Check motor sudden heavy load increase Check cables short circuit in motor cables Make identification run unsuitable motor Subcode in T 14 S1 Hardware trip S2 Reserved S3 Current controller supervision 2 Overvoltage The DC link voltage has exceeded the Make deceleration time longer Use limits defined brake chopper or brake resistor avail too short a deceleration time able as options high overvoltage spikes in supply Activate overvoltage controller Subcode in T 14 Check input voltage S1 Hardware trip S2 Overvoltage control supervision Ea
92. 2 205 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 107 7 5 3 ARER Seg 7 5 3 1 Parameter 1 Al2 2 Al3 3 Al4 4 Keypad reference 5 Fieldbus reference FB SpeedReference 6 Motor potentiometer 7 PID controller reference selection Fieldbus control As in P2 2 1 1 reference selection 4 PID reference 1 from PID Reference 2 7 7 371 keypad 5 Fieldbus reference FBProcessDatalN3 6 Motor potentiometer 7 PID reference 2 from keypad in inversion 1 Inversion PID reference Time for reference value rising time 100 0 to change from 0 to 100 PiD reference Time for reference value 100 0 to change from 100 to falling time 0 0 Actual value 1 1 Actual 1 Actual 2 2 Actual 1 Actual 2 3 Actual 1 Actual 2 4 Max Actual 1 Actual 2 5 Min Actual 1 Actual 2 6 Mean Actual1 Actual2 7 Sgrt Act1 Sqrt Act2 See P2 2 1 9 and P2 2 1 10 0 Not used 1 Al1 control board 2 Al2 control board 3 Al3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus FBProcessDatalN2 0 Not used 1 Al1 control board 2 Al2 control board 3 Al3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus FBProcessDatalN3 1 0 B frequency reference selection PID actual value selection Actual value 1 selection P2 2 1 11 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 108 6 VACON PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION Actual value 1 100 No maximum scaling maximum scale minimum scale Actualvalue2 _1600 0 1600 0 100 0 G 100 No maximum scaling
93. 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 189 721 722 723 725 726 727 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com Automatic restart Number of tries after overvoltage trip 234567 2 8 5 This parameter determines how many automatic restarts can be made during the trial time set by parameter D718 after an overvoltage trip 0 No automatic restart after overvoltage fault trip gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after overvoltage fault trip The fault is reset and the drive is started automatically after the DC Link voltage has returned to the normal level Automatic restart Number of tries after overcurrent trip 234567 2 8 6 NOTE IGBT temp fault also included This parameter determines how many automatics restarts can be made during the trial time set by ID718 0 No automatic restart after overcurrent fault trip gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after overcurrent trip and IGBT temperature faults Automatic restart Number of tries after 4mA reference trip 234567 2 8 7 This parameter determines how many automatics restarts can be made during the trial time set by ID718 0 No automatic restart after reference fault trip gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after the analogue current signal 4 20mA has returned to the normal level gt 4mA Automatic restart Number of tries after external fault trip 234567 2 8 9 This parameter determines how many
94. 23 Fault Fault Possible cause code 30 1 3 IGBT temperature IGBT Inverter Bridge overtemperature hardware protection has detected too high a short term overload current Fan cooling Cooling fan of the frequency converter does not start when ON command is given N 6 Control unit NXS Control Unit can not control NXP Power Unit and vice versa Device changed Option board or control unit changed same type Same type of board or same power rating of drive N Device added same type Device unknown Unknown option board or drive Subcode in T 14 S1 Unknown device S2 Power1not same type as Power2 IGBT Inverter Bridge overtemperature protection has detected too high a short term overload current Brake resistor overtemperature protection has detected too heavy braking Problem detected in encoder signals Subcode in T 14 1 Encoder 1 channel A is missing 2 Encoder 1 channel B is missing 3 Both encoder 1 channels are missing 4 Encoder reversed 5 Encoder board missing Option board or power unit changed New device of different type or different power rating 41 IGBT temperature 42 Brake resistor overtemperature 43 Encoder fault Device changed different type 45 Device added Option board of different type added different type o Division by zero in application Division by zero has occurred in application program A A N 50 Analogue input Current at the analo
95. 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vacon dvacon com 102 6 VACON PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION 7 4 3 Examples Pump and fan automatics with interlocks and no autochange Situation One controlled drive and three auxiliary drives Parameter settings 2 9 1 3 2 9 25 0 Interlock feedback signals used autochange not used Parameter settings 2 9 23 1 2 9 24 0 The interlock feedback signals come from the digital inputs selected with parameters 2 2 6 18 to 226 21 The Auxiliary drive 1 control P2 3 1 27 is enabled through Interlock 1 P2 2 6 18 the Auxiliary drive 2 control P2 3 1 28 through Interlock 2 P2 2 6 19 etc Phases 1 The system and the motor controlled by the frequency converter are started 2 The Auxiliary drive 1 starts when the main drive reaches the starting frequency set P2 9 2 3 The main drive decreases speed down to Auxiliary drive 1 Stop frequency P2 9 3 and starts to rise toward the Start frequency of Auxiliary drive 2 if needed 4 The Auxiliary drive 2 starts when the main drive has reached the starting frequency set P2 9 4 5 The Interlock feedback is removed from Aux drive 2 Because the Aux drive 3 is unused it will be started to replace the removed Aux drive 2 6 The main drive increases speed to maximum because no more auxiliary drives are available 7 The removed Aux drive 2 is reconnected and placed last in the auxiliary drive start order which now is 1 3 2 The main d
96. 26 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 Control Place 3 1 The active control place can be changed with this parameter For more information see the product s user s manual Pushing the Start button for 3 seconds selects the control keypad as the active control place and copies the Run status information Run Stop direction and reference 0 PC Control activated by NCDrive 1 1 0 terminal 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus Preset speed 3 46 2 1 17 Preset speed 4 46 2 1 18 Preset speed 5 46 2 1 19 Preset speed 6 46 2 1 20 Preset speed 7 46 221 24 These parameters can be used to determine frequency references that are applied when appropriate combinations of digital inputs are activated In Multi Step Speed Application Application 4 digital inputs DIN4 DIN5 and DIN6 are assigned to Preset Speed functions The combinations of these activated inputs select the preset speed reference Note the use of TTF programming method in the Multi purpose Control Application Because all digital inputs are programmable you first have to assign three DINs for the Preset Speed functions parameters 1D419 D420 and ID421 ene DIN4 ID419 DIN5 iD420 DIN6 1D421 Basic speed 0 0 0 Preset speed 1 ID105 7 0 0 Preset speed 2 ID106 0 7 0 Preset speed 3 ID126 1 1 0 Preset speed 4 ID127 0 0 1 Preset speed 5 ID 128 1 0 1 Preset speed 6 ID129 0 1 1
97. 4 1 Monitoring values Control keypad menu M1 The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring values cannot be edited See the product s User s Manual for more information Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Freguernicy reference to motor control V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque 4 Calculated shaft torque V1 6 Motor power 5 Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC link voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature v1 10 Motor temperature 9 Calculated motor temperature V1 11 Analogue input 1 V mA 13 AM V1 12 Analogue input 2 V mA 14 Al2 V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 14 DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 16 Digital input statuses V1 15 DO1 RO1 RO2 17 Digital and relay output statuses V1 16 Analogue lout mA 26 A01 M1 17 Multimonitoring Displays three selectable items monitoring values Table 3 2 Monitoring values Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 6 27 3 4 2 Basic parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 1 Parameter mra Max Unit Default Cust Note Doo R SSS NOTE If fmax gt than the motor synchronous Max frequency P2 1 1 320 00 5
98. 4 Preset speed select 1 DIN4 DIN5 Frequency ref 15 DIN5 Preset speed select 2 Open Open 1 0 ref P2 14 d Closed Open Preset speed1 Dr RS Open Closed Preset speed 2 l Closed Closed Max frequency pe 16 DIN6 Fault reset Contact open no action Contact closed fault reset Connect to GND or 24V AO1 Analogue output 1 Range 0 20 mA R max 500Q Common for DIN4 DIN6 l t l loss l L A01 Output frequency l READY Programmable P2 16 I X 20 DO Digital output 1 Open collector I lt 50mA U lt 48 VDC READY OPT A2 l 21 ROT Relay output 1 RUN IT 22 RO1 e RUN Pes L Se 23 ROT l 24 RO2 Relay output 2 2209 F 25 R02 Z FAULT VAC 26 RO2 Table 1 1 Basic application default 1 0 configuration Note See jumper selections below Jumper block X3 More information in the product s CMA and CMB grounding User s Manual 90 CMB connected to GND 96 CMA connected to GND eg CMB isolated from GND ee CMA isolated from GND e CMB and CMA internally connected together N isolated from GND Factory default 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 8 VACON BASIC APPLICATION 1 3 Control signal logic in Basic Application 3 2 Keypad reference pee 2 14 I O Reference 2 2 Max Frequency be Reference from fieldbus Start Stop from f
99. 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 20 VACON STANDARD APPLICATION 2 4 7 Motor control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 6 Parameter 0 Frequency control 1 Speed control Motor control mode Additionally for NXP 2 Not used U f optimisation o O Linear 1 Squared 2 Programmable 3 Linear with flux optim U f ratio selection P2 6 1 P2 6 2 P2 6 3 Field weakening Pas Voltage at field P245 P2 6 6 P2 6 7 P2 6 8 U f curve midpoint 0 00 P2 64 604 frequency 05 U f curve midpoint n x Unmot ST 100 00 100 00 6 Parameter max value P2 6 5 zero frequency P2 6 9 Switching frequency Varies kHz varies om Ga 8 14 for exact S Overvoltage Pa Noruseg P2 6 10 g 2 1 607 1 Used no ramping controller 2 Used ramping Undervoltage 0 Not used dia controller EN i i 1 Used 608 6200 o 0 No action 1 Identification w o run 2 Identification with run P2 6 12 Load drooping 0 00 100 00 P2 6 13 Identification Closed Loop parameter group 2 6 14 P2 6 14 1 Magnetizing current 0 00 P2 6 14 2 P2 6 14 3 Speed control I time 00 compensation P2 6 146 Slipadjust 0 at start P2 6 14 8 start P2 6 14 9 P2 6 14 10 0 speed time at stop 0 Not used 1 Torque memory 2 Torque reference 3 Start up torque fwd rev P2 6 14 11 Start up torque P2 6 14 12 Start up torque FWD 300 0 P2 6 14 13 Start up torque REV 300 0 P2 6 14 15 Encoder filter time
100. 5 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 67 6 4 2 Defining a terminal for a certain function with NCDrive programming tool If you use the NCDrive Programming Tool for parametrizing you will have to establish the con nection between the function and input output in the same way as with the control panel Just pick the address code from the drop down menu in the Value column see the Figure below EEE ax LOADED Compare index VariableText vae Detaut Unit Mn Ma P 2 3 1 3 Fault Dig0UT A 1 Dig0UT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 P 2 3 1 4 Fault Inverted DigQUT 0 1 DigOUT 0 1 igOUT E 10 P 2 3 1 5 Waming DigQUT 0 1 DigOQUT 0 1 JigOUT E 10 P 2 3 1 6 Extermal Fault DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT 0 1 igDUT E 10 2 3 1 7 Al Ref Faul w am DigQUT 0 1 igQDUT E 10 4 G 2 2 5 ANALOG INPUT 4 G 2 2 6 DIGITAL INPUTS E YG 23 OUTPUT SIGNALS SJ G 2 3 1 DIG OUT SIGNALS P 2 3 1 1 Ready P 2 3 1 2 Run P 2 3 1 3 Fault H P 2 3 1 4 Fault Inverted P 2 3 1 5 Waring P 2 3 1 8 OverT emp Warn P 2 3 1 9 Reserved P 2 3 1 10 Direct Differenc P 2 3 1 11 At Ref Speed P 2 3 1 12 Jogging Speed P 2 3 1 13 ExtControl Place P 2 3 1 14 Ext Brake Contrl P 231 15 ExtBrakeCtilInv P 2 3 1 16 FreqOut SupvLiml P 2 3 1 17 FreqQut SupvLim2 P 2 3 1 18 Ref Lim Superv xl Figure 6 2 Screenshot of NCDrive programming tool Entering the address code
101. 520 Flux brake 234567 2 4 12 Instead of DC braking flux braking is a useful way to raise the braking capacity in cases where additional brake resistors are not needed When braking is needed the frequency is reduced and the flux in the motor is increased which in turn increases the motor s capability to brake Unlike DC braking the motor speed remains controlled during braking The flux braking can be set ON or OFF O Flux braking OFF 1 Flux braking ON Note Flux braking converts the energy into heat at the motor and should be used intermittently to avoid motor damage 527 Motor control mode 2 6 2 6 12 With this parameter you can set another motor control mode Which mode is used is determined with parameter ID164 For the selections see parameter ID600 NOTE Motor control mode can not be changed from Open Loop to Closed Loop and vice versa while the drive is in RUN state 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 174 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 530 Inching reference 1 6 222727 537 Inching reference 2 6 2 2 7 28 These inputs activate the inching reference if inching is enabled NOTE The inputs also start the drive if activated and if there is no Run Request command from anywhere else Negative reference is used for reverse direction see parameters ID 1239 and ID1240 The parameter is available for NXP drives only 532 Enable inching 6 2 27 26 Inching is a combinat
102. 7 Parameter Al4 signal 0 1 152 TTF programming See selection chapter 4 Aldfiltertime 000 1000 s 000 153 0 Nofittering 0 0 20 mA 0 10 V 1 4 20 mA 2 10 V Al4 signal range 3 1 154 22 10V 10V 3 Custom range MET S Al custom 160 00 160 00 20 00 155 of input signal range minimum setting e g 2 mA 10 maximum setting Al4 signal inversion 1 162 O Not inverse 1 Inverted Table 6 10 Analogue input 4 parameters G2 2 5 6 6 4 6 Parameter 0 Not used 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 Al3 4 Al4 5 FB Limit Scaling See group G2 9 es Scaling from 0 to 1D507 Scaling of acc dec As parameter P2 2 6 1 jase Scales active ramp from 100 to 10 o supervision Es Scaling from 0 to ID348 As parameter P2 2 6 1 P2 2 6 5 Scaling of torque limit Scaling from 0 to ID609 NXS or 1ID1287 NXP NXP drives only mimo 0 os Jo Je mono torque limit Scaling from 0 to D1288 ERR S e O RA power limit Scaling from O to ID1289 E Of 8 O RR RS power limit Scaling from 0 to 1ID1290 Table 6 11 Free analogue input signal selection G2 2 6 Scaling of current limit 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 78 VACON MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION 6 6 4 7 Digital inputs Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 2 4 Use TTF programming method for all these parameters See chapter 6 4 Code Parameter Min Default Cust ID Note ETRO T Sense a a Pe eae E P2 2 7 2 Sense ua
103. 9 9 Step frequency p21 P2 9 8 10 00 1009 auxiliary drive 4 T om pe T auxiliary drives auxiliary drives P2 9 12 Reference step 0 0 100 0 auxiliary drive 1 pyg ig Reference step 100 0 auxiliary drive 2 paga Reference step 100 0 auxiliary drive 3 paoio Eae e 100 0 auxiliary drive 4 P2 9 16 0 Not used Analogue input Te lection toringut 2 Al2 P2 9 17 PER Pan 3 AI3 Penni I 5 Fieldbus signal FBProcessDatalN3 Input pressure P2 9 19 mpat pressure 100 0 20 00 low limit drop Frequency dro a delay P2 9 21 q a P 300 0 1025 300 No frequency drop y nor increase Frequency increase G Ne delay P2 9 22 q 300 0 1026 300 No frequency drop y nor increase O Interlocks not used 1 Set new interlock last update order after P2 9 23 Interlock selection value of P2 9 26 or Stop state 2 Stop and update order immediately 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 120 VACON PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION pero used ee rTTrT Es Autoch and interl 0 Auxiliary drives only 1028 automatics selection 1 All drives pense O 1 3000 0 1029 0 0 TEST 40 s Autochange Maximum number of 1030 auxiliary drives Autochangs P2 1 2 25 00 1031 frequency limit Actual value special 30000 display minimum Actual value special 30000 100 1034 display maximum Actual value special display decimals Actual value special Table 7 20 Pump and fan control parameters 7 5 11 Keypad control Control
104. A Miquel Servet 2 P I Bufalvent 08243 Manresa telephone 34 93 877 45 06 fax 34 93 877 00 09 SWEDEN Vacon AB Anderstorpsvagen 16 171 54 Solna telephone 46 0 8 293 055 fax 46 0 8 290 755 THAILAND Vacon South East Asia 335 32 5th 6th floor Srinakarin Road Prawet Bangkok 10250 Tel 66 0 85 100 7090 UNITED ARAB EMIRATES Vacon Middle East and Africa Block A Office 4A 226 P 0 Box 54763 Dubai Airport Free Zone Dubai Tel 971 0 4 204 5200 Fax 971 0 4 204 5203 UNITED KINGDOM Vacon Drives UK Ltd 18 Maizefield Hinckley Fields Industrial Estate Hinckley LE10 1YF Leicestershire telephone 44 0 1455 611 515 fax 44 0 1455 611 517
105. A 1 Start B signal 7 2 2 6 2 Start command from control place B Default programming A 4 Control place A B selection 7 22 6 3 Contact open Control placeA Contact closed Control place B Default programming A 6 Autochange 1 interlock 7 2 2 6 18 Contact closed Interlock of autochange drive 1 or auxiliary drive 1 activated Default programming A 2 Autochange 2 interlock 7 2 2 6 19 Contact closed Interlock of autochange drive 2 or auxiliary drive 2 activated Default programming A 3 Autochange 3 interlock 7 2 2 6 20 Contact closed Interlock of autochange drive 3 or auxiliary drive 3 activated Autochange 4 interlock 7 2 2 6 21 Contact closed Interlock of autochange drive 4 or auxiliary drive 4 activated Autochange 5 interlock 7 2 2 6 22 Contact closed Interlock of autochange drive 5 activated PID reference 2 7 2 2 6 23 Contact open PID controller reference selected with parameter ID332 Contact closed PID controller keypad reference 2 selected with par 10271 Ready 67 eg e e PAC The frequency converter is ready to operate Run 67 2 3 3 2 2 3 1 2 The frequency converter operates Fault 67 2 3 3 3 2 3 1 3 A fault trip has occurred Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 163 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com Inve
106. Co 42 Highest temp of used PT100 inputs G1 20 Multimonitoring items Displays 3 selectable monitoring values V1 21 1 Current A 1113 Unfiltered motor current V1 21 2 Torque 1125 Unfiltered motor torque V1 21 3 DC Voltage V 44 Unfiltered DC link voltage V1 21 4 Status Word 43 See chapter 6 6 2 V1 21 5 Encoder 1 Frequency Hz 1124 Input C 1 V1 21 6 Shaft Rounds r 1170 See 1D1090 V1 21 7 Shaft Angle Deg 1169 See ID1090 V1 21 8 Measured temperature 1 Co 50 V1 21 9 Measured temperature 2 Ge 51 V1 21 10 Measured temperature 3 ce 52 V1 21 11 Encoder 2 Frequency Hz 53 From OPTA7 board input C 3 V1 21 12 Absolute encoder position 54 From OPTBB board V1 21 13 Absolute encod rotations 55 From OPTBB board V1 21 14 ID Run Status 49 V1 21 15 PolePairNumber 58 Used PPN from motor nom values V1 21 16 Analogue input 1 59 AM V1 21 17 Analogue input 2 60 Al2 a V1 21 20 Analogue output 2 50 A02 V1 21 21 Analogue output 3 51 AO3 V1 21 22 Final Frequency Hz 1131 Used for Closed Loop speed tuning Reference Closed Loop V1 21 23 Step Response Hz 1132 Used for Closed Loop speed tuning V1 21 24 Output power kW 1508 Drive output power in kW V1 22 5 Last Active Fault 37 V1 22 6 Motor Current to FB A jig Motor torent idrive independent given with one decimal point V1 24 7 DIN StatusWord 1 56 V1 24 8 DIN StatusWord 2 57
107. Fieldbus fault protection Slot fault protection Unlike the other applications the Basic Application does not provide any parameters for choosing the response function or limit values for the faults The motor thermal protection is explained in more detail on page 185 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 BASIC APPLICATION VACON 6 7 1 2 Control 1 0 Reference potentiometer 1 10 KQ OPT A1 Terminal Signal Description r 1 10V ef Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc 2 AM Analogue input 1 Analogue input 1 frequency reference OR a Voltage range 0 10V DC Programmable P2 14 a FAR RO 3 AIT 1 0 Ground Ground for reference and controls 4 Al2 Analogue input 2 Analogue input 2 frequency reference 5 Al2 Current range 0O 20mA SS ee ee 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1 A 7 GND 1 0 ground Ground for reference and controls es E d 8 DIN1 Start forward Contact closed start forward l E ad 9 DIN2 Start reverse Contact closed start reverse K Ed PRETA 10 DIN3 External fault input Contact open no fault re Programmable P2 17 Contact closed fault 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see 6 E ud PAS GND 1 0 ground Ground for reference and controls H 14 DIN
108. I 1 Al2 2 Al1 Al2 3 Al1 Al2 4 Al2 Al1 5 Al1xAl2 6 Al1 Joystick 7 Al2 Joystick 8 Keypad 9 Fieldbus 10 Motor potentiometer 11 Al1 Al2 minimum 12 Al1 Al2 maximum 13 Max frequency 14 AN AI2 selection 15 Encoder 1 C 1 16 Encoder 2 3 17 Master Reference 18 Master Ramp Out 0 Not used 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 AI3 4 Al4 5 Al1 joystick 6 Al2 joystick 7 Torque reference from keypad R3 5 8 FB Torque Reference 9 Master torque 100 00 a 1241 Rs also in Single 100 0 o 1248 S also in Single EIN o 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com Activated by P2 2 7 31 0 Single drive 1 Master drive 2 Follower drive 94 VACON MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION 6 6 14 Keypad control Control keypad Menu M3 The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the product s user s manual Parameter Default 0 PC Control 1 1 0 terminal Control place 2 Keypad ME E Fieldbus ES ea O emas Forward T Limited function of Stop button rey Bunter 1 Stop button always 300 0 3000 00 Table 6 31 Keypad control parameters M3 6 6 15 System menu Control keypad Menu M For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter such as application and language selection customised parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see t
109. I time 1 00 s P2 1 14 D time 1 00 s Min freg O Hz Error value setpoint process value 10 Max freq 50 Hz As the power is switched on the system detects the difference between the setpoint and the actual process value and starts to either raise or decrease in case the error value is negative the PID output according to the time Once the difference between the set point and the process value has been reduced to O the output is reduced by the amount corresponding to the value of parameter 2 1 13 In case the error value is negative the frequency converter reacts reducing the output correspondingly See Figure 8 4 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 128 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS PID output Error value P part 5 Hz i Error 10 Error 10 P part 5 Hz NX12k69 Figure 8 4 PID output curve with the values of Example 2 Example 3 Given values P2 1 12 P 100 P2 1 13 I time 0 00 s P2 1 14 D time 1 00 s Min freg O Hz Error value setpoint process value 10 s Max freq 50 Hz As the error value increases also the PID output increases according to the set values D time 1 00s PID output Error value D part 10 5 00 Hz L hadi a Maai habit 1 1 Ma aat Mata K E K 4 4 a 1 I D part 10 5 00 Hz A X Z es X X L Z o k Z SE Q 4 0 198 S 605 2 SN XG E A gt A X e X X
110. IPTION OF PARAMETERS 23 Fieldbus DIN1 Application 5 Fieldbus digital input 1 See fieldbus manual 23 Analogue input supervision Selects the analogue input to be monitored See par Application 6 1D356 ID357 10358 and 10463 24 Fieldbus DIN1 Application 6 Fieldbus digital input 1 See fieldbus manual 25 Fieldbus DIN2 Application 6 Fieldbus digital input 2 See fieldbus manual 26 Fieldbus DIN3 Application 6 Fieldbus digital input 3 See fieldbus manual Table 8 9 Output signals via DO1 and output relays ROI and ROZ 315 Output frequency limit supervision function 234567 2 3 10 2 3 4 1 2 3 2 1 0 No supervision Low limit supervision High limit supervision Brake on control Application 6 only see chapter 9 1 on page 215 ON If the output frequency goes under over the set limit ID316 this function generates a message via digital output depending 1 on the settings of parameters D312 to 1D314 applications 3 4 5 or 2 on to which output the supervision signal 1 ID447 is connected applications 6 and 7 Brake control uses different output functions See D445 amp D446 316 Output frequency limit supervision value 234567 2 3 11 2 3 4 2 2 3 2 2 Selects the frequency value supervised by parameter ID315 See Figure 8 16 A f Hz ID315 2 ID316 Example 94 RO 21 RO1 21 il ey 22 RO1 22 O 22 RO1 23 RO1 23 RO1 23 RO1 NX12K
111. Input switch open Table 10 1 Fault codes Run enable signal is low Command for emergency stop received from digital input or fieldbus Drive input switch is open Check option board parameters Check optical fibre cable or CAN cable Check reason for the failure on external system Check encoder connection PMS motor has exceeded the pull out torque Check reason for Run enable signal New run command is accepted after reset Check the main power switch of the drive Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 HEAD OFFICE AND PRODUCTION Vaasa Vacon Plc Runsorintie 7 65380 Vaasa firstname lastname dvacon com telephone 358 0 201 2121 fax 358 0 201 212 205 FINLAND Helsinki Vacon Plc Ayritie 12 01510 Vantaa telephone 358 0 201 212 600 fax 358 0 201 212 699 Tampere Vacon Plc Vehn myllynkatu 18 33580 Tampere telephone 358 0 201 2121 fax 358 0 201 212 750 AUSTRALIA Vacon Pacific 17 Corporate Ave Rowville Victoria 3178 telephone 61 03 92139300 fax 61 03 92139310 AUSTRIA Vacon AT Antriebssysteme GmbH Aumithlweg 21 2544 Leobersdorf telephone 43 2256 651 66 fax 43 2256 651 66 66 BELGIUM Vacon Benelux NV SA Interleuvenlaan 62 3001 Heverlee Leuven telephone 32 0 16 394 825 fax 32 0 16 394 827 CHINA Vacon Suzhou Drives Co Ltd Beijing Office A205 Grand Pacific Garden Mansion 8A Guanhua Road Beijing 100026 telephone 86 1
112. M2 gt G2 1 Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust Note Minfrequency 000 P212 Hz Doo R SSS P2 NOTE If fmax gt than the motor synchronous speed ii ed 420 00 He 20 00 check suitability for motor and drive system 1 1 Acceleration time 1 30000 s 10 pisa o 3000 0 pao dooa o 2x ly pooo So Toor o f Nominal voltage of NXA 230V leina 180 690 NX5 400V 110 NX6 690V Nominal frequency 8 00 320 00 50 00 111 Check the rating plate of of the motor the motor The default applies for a 4 Nominal oe 20 000 1440 112 pole motor and a nominal the motor S size frequency converter Nominal current of 0 1x 2x1 L 113 Check the rating plate of the motor the motor the motor PID controller reference signal 4 PID ref from Keypad Place A control page P3 4 5 PID ref from fieldbus FBProcessDatalN 1 6 Motor potentiometer P2 1 12 PID controller gain 0 0 1000 0 P2 113 PID controller l 000 320 00 time P21 14 PID controller D 000 10 00 time P P2 1 15 Sleep frequency o 2 1 2 P2 1 16 Sleepdelay 0 3600 p2 1 17 Wakeuplevel 000 100 00 0 Wake up at fall below wake up level P2 1 17 1 Wake up at exceeded wake up level P2 1 17 2 Wake up at fall below wake up level P3 4 3 5 3 Wake up at exceeded wake up level P3 4 3 5 Wake up function parto Jogging speed 000 P2 1 2 reference Table 7 3 Basic parameters 62 1 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 21
113. Motor j current Fault warning par ID704 Ti T ime constant TER Motor temperature I I x 1 e 7 Time gt Changes by motor size and adjusted with parameter ID707 NX12k82 Figure 8 49 Motor temperature calculation 709 Stall protection 234567 2 7 13 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Setting the parameter to O will deactivate the protection and reset the stall time counter See chapter 9 4 710 Stall current limit 234567 2 7 14 The current can be set to 0 0 2 l For a stall stage to occur the current must have exceeded this limit See Figure 8 50 If parameter ID107 Nominal current limit of motor is changed this parameter is automatically calculated to 90 of the Stallarea current limit See chapter 9 4 NOTE In order to guarantee desired operation this limit must be set below the current limit Par ID710 T gt Par ID712 nxt2kes Figure 8 50 Stall characteristics settings 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 186 9 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 711 Stall time 234567 2 7 15 This time can be set between 1 0 and Stall time counter 120 0s This is the maximum time allowed for a Par ID711 stall stage The stall time is counted by an internal up down counter pap SOS If the stall time counter value goes above
114. N 213 1300 Speed controller f0 point 2 6 23 26 The speed level in Hz below which the speed controller gain is equal to par D1299 1307 Speed controller f1 point 6 26 23 25 The speed level in Hz above which the speed controller gain is equal to par D613 From the speed defined by par D1300 to speed defined by par D1301 the speed controller gain changes linearly from par D1299 to D613 and vice versa 1304 Window positive 6 2 10 12 Defines the size of window to positive direction from the final speed reference 1305 Window negative 6 2 10 11 Defines the size of window to negative direction from the final speed reference 1306 Window positive Off limit 6 2 10 14 Defines speed controller positive off limit when the speed controller brings speed back to window 1307 Window negative Off limit 6 2 10 13 Defines speed controller negative off limit when the speed controller brings speed back to window 1311 Speed error filter TC 6 2 6 23 33 Filter time constant for speed reference and actual speed error Can be used to remove small disturbances in the encoder signal 1382 Speed control output limit 6 2 10 15 The maximum torque limit for the speed controller output as a percentage of the motor nominal torque 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 214 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 8 2 Keypad control parameters Unlike the parameters listed above these par
115. Preset speed 7 ID130 1 1 1 Table 8 4 Preset speeds 7 to 7 See also parameter ID s 105 and 106 Parameter value is automatically limited to maximum frequency ID102 W O frequency reference selection placeB 3 2 1 12 See the values of the parameter D117 above PID controller D time 57 2 1 14 The parameter ID132 defines the derivation time of the PID controller If this parameter is set to 1 00 second a change of 10 in the error value during 1 00 s causes the controller output to change by 10 00 If the parameter value is set to 0 00 s the PID controller will operate as PI controller See examples below Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 127 Example 1 In order to reduce the error value to zero with the given values the frequency converter output behaves as follows Given values P2 1 12 P 0 P2 1 13 l time 1 00 s P2 1 14 D time 0 00 s Min freq 0 Hz Error value setpoint process value 10 00 Max freq 50 Hz In this example the PID controller operates practically as l controller only According to the given value of parameter 2 1 13 I time the PID output increases by 5 Hz 10 of the difference between the maximum and minimum frequency every second until the error value Is 0 PID output Error value NX12k70 Figure 8 3 PID controller function as controller Example 2 Given values P2 1 12 P 100 P2 1 13
116. TS P2129 Preset speed 15 000 P212 He 5000 w Table 4 3 Basic parameters 62 1 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 41 4 4 3 Input signals Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 2 Parameter Start fwd Start rvs Start Stop Rvs Fwd Start Stop logic Start Stop Run enable Start pulse Stop pulse Start fwd Start rvs Start Stop Reverse Start Stop Run enable 0 Not used 1 Ext fault closing cont 2 Ext fault opening cont 3 Run enable 4 Acc Dec time select 5 Force cp to IO 6 Force cp to keypad DIN3 function 7 Force cp to fieldbus 8 Rvs if P2 2 1 2 3 or 6 9 Jogging speed 10 Fault reset 11 Acc Dec operation prohibit 12 DC Braking command 13 Preset speed TTF programming method 0 0 10 V 0 20 mA AM signal range 320 1 2 10 V 4 20 mA 2 Custom setting rang AM custom 160 00 00 160 00 ooo aa Analogue input minimum AM custom setting 160 00 160 00 100 0 Analogue input Eee maximum AM AM signal inversion inversion Analogue input reference inversion yes no Analogue input 1 Al1 signal filter time 10 00 reference filter time constant TTF programming method used See page 66 0 0 20 mA 0 10 V Al2 signal range 1 4 20 mA 2 10 V 2 Custom setting range Al2 custom setting 160 00 160 00 Erim Analogue input 2 scale minimum minimum Al2 custom setting 160 00 160 00 100 00 ae Analogue input 2 s
117. all state is true There is actually no real indication of the shaft rotation Stall protection is a type of overcurrent protection kW the motor current measured by the drive can be much higher than the actual motor current due to capacitive currents in the motor cable Con NOTE If you use long motor cables max 100m together with small drives lt 1 5 sider this when setting up the motor stall protection functions Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 APPENDICES VACON 219 9 5 Parameters of Underload protection ID s 713 to 716 General The purpose of the motor underload protection is to ensure that there is load on the motor when the drive is running If the motor loses its load there might be a problem in the process e g a broken belt or a dry pump Motor underload protection can be adjusted by setting the underload curve with parameters ID714 Field weakening area load and ID715 Zero frequency load see below The underload curve is a squared curve set between the zero frequency and the field weakening point The protection is not active below 5Hz the underload time counter is stopped The torque values for setting the underload curve are set in percentage which refers to the nominal torque of the motor The motor s name plate data parameter motor nominal current and the drive s nominal current l4 are used to find the scaling ratio for the internal torque value If other than nominal m
118. ameters are located in the M3 menu of the control keypad The frequency and torque reference parameters do not have an ID number 114 125 123 R3 2 167 168 R3 5 Stop button activated 3 4 3 6 If you wish to make the Stop button a hotspot which always stops the drive regardless of the selected control place give this parameter the value 1 See also parameter ID125 Control Place 3 1 The active control place can be changed with this parameter For more information see the product s user s manual Pushing the Start button for 3 seconds selects the control keypad as the active control place and copies the Run status information Run Stop direction and reference 0 PC Control Activeted by NCDrive 1 1 0 terminal 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus Keypad Direction 12 21 0 Forward The rotation of the motor is forward when the keypad is the active control place 1 Reverse The rotation of the motor is reversed when the keypad is the active control place For more information see the product s user s manual Keypad Reference jaz The frequency reference can be adjusted from the keypad with this parameter The output frequency can be copied as the keypad reference by pushing the Stop button for 3 seconds when you are on any of the pages of menu M3 For more information see the product s user s manual PID reference 1 57 3 4 The PID controller keypad reference can be set between 0 and 100 This ref
119. ape 234567 2 4 2 The start and end of acceleration and deceleration ramps can be smoothed with these parameters Setting value 0 gives a linear ramp shape which causes acceleration and deceleration to act immediately to the changes in the reference signal Setting value 0 1 10 seconds for this parameter produces an S shaped acceleration deceleration The acceleration time is determined with parameters 1ID103 1D104 1ID502 1D503 These parameters are used to reduce mechanical erosion and current spikes when the reference is changed ID103 10104 ID502 ID503 lt gt ID500 ID501 t NX12K20 Figure 8 43 Acceleration Deceleration S shaped Acceleration time 2 234567 2 4 3 Deceleration time 2 234567 2 4 4 These values correspond to the time required for the output frequency to accelerate from the zero frequency to the set maximum frequency par D102 These parameters give the possibility to set two different acceleration deceleration time sets for one application The active set can be selected with the programmable signal DIN3 par ID301 Brake chopper 234567 2 4 5 No brake chopper used Brake chopper in use and tested when running Can be tested also in READY state External brake chopper no testing Used and tested in READY state and when running Used when running no testing 0 1 2 3 4 When the frequency converter is decelerating the motor the inertia of the motor and the load are fe
120. arameter Max Maximum value of parameter Unit Unit of parameter value Given if available Default Value preset by factory Cust Customer s own setting ID ID number of the parameter Onparam code Parameter value can only be changed after the FC has been stopped Apply the Terminal to Function method TTF to these parameters see chapter 6 4 Monitoring values controllable from fieldbus using the ID number 6 6 1 Monitoring values Control keypad menu M1 The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and mea surements Monitoring values on shadowed background can be controlled from the fieldbus See the product s user s manual for more information Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor control V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque 4 Calculated shaft torque V1 6 Motor power 5 Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC link voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature oC 8 Heatsink temperature V1 10 Motor temperature 9 Calculated motor temperature V1 11 Analogue input 1 V mA 13 All V1 12 Analogue input 2 V mA 14 Al2 V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 14 DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 16 Digital input statuses V1 15
121. asy changeover 5 2 2 37 0 Keep reference 1 Copy reference If Copy reference has been selected it is possible to switch from direct control to PID control and back without scaling the reference and actual value For example The process is driven with direct frequency reference Control place 1 0 B fieldbus or keypad to some point and then the control place is switched to one where the PID controller is selected The PID control starts to maintain that point It is also possible to change the control source back to direct frequency control In this case the output frequency is copied as the frequency reference If the destination place is Keypad the run status Run Stop Direction and Reference will be copied The changeover is smooth when the reference of the destination source comes from the Keypad or an internal motor potentiometer par ID332 PID Ref 2 or 4 ID343 1 0 B Ref 2 or 4 par D121 Keypad Ref 2 or 4 and ID122 Fieldbus Ref 2 or 4 Motor potentiometer memory reset Frequency reference 3567 2 2 23 2 2 28 2 2 1 3 2 2 1 16 O No reset 1 Memory reset in stop and powerdown 2 Memory reset in powerdown Motor potentiometer memory reset PID reference 57 2 2 29 2 2 1 17 O No reset 1 Memory reset in stop and powerdown 2 Memory reset in powerdown 154 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 371 372 373 374 375 376 PID reference 2 Place A additional reference 7 2 2 1 4 If the
122. at start at start 0 Off Flux braking current 0 00 oe Table 4 6 Drive control parameters G2 4 4 4 6 Prohibit frequency parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 5 Parameter Prohibit frequency 320 00 range 1 low limit Prohibit frequency 320 00 510 0 Prohibit range 1 is off range 1 high limit Prohibit frequency 320 00 ad range 2 low limit Prohibit frequency Prohibit frequency 320 00 S 3 low limit Dolo Slm Sjo oon rang Prohibit frequency 320 00 Hz 514 0 Prohibit range 3 is off range 3 high limit ramp Table 4 7 Prohibit frequency parameters G2 5 o 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vacon dvacon com 46 VACON MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION 4 4 7 Motor control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 6 Code Parameter Unit Default Cust Note 0 Frequency control 1 Speed control Motor control mode Additionally for NXP 2 Not used 3 Closed loop speed ctrl Seas ao 0 Not used 0 Linear U f ratio selection 3 108 Lk da 2 Programmable 3 Linear with flux optim point weakening point U f curve midpoint pa 64 Hz 50 00 frequency U f curve midpoint n X Unmot aliado 100 00 100 00 Parameter max value EST Output voltage at 40 00 oa re ese zero frequency values Overvoltage 0 Not used P2 6 10 g 1 Used no ramping controller 2 Used ramping Undervoltage 0 Not used P2 6 12 Loaddrooping 0 00 10000 000 620 0 No action P2 6 13
123. ates the output voltage Reducing this value limits the maximum output voltage If a sinusoidal filter is used set this parameter to 96 Load drooping time 2 6 18 This function is used in order to achieve a dynamic speed drooping because of changing load The parameter defines the time during which the speed is restored to the level it was before the load increase Measured voltage drop 6 2 6 25 16 The measured voltage drop at stator resistance between two phases with the nominal current of the motor This parameter is identified during the ID run Set this value to gain the optimum torque calculation for Open Loop low frequencies Ir Add zero point voltage 6 20 28 17 Defines how much voltage is applied to motor at zero speed when torque boost is used Ir Add generator scale 6 2 6 25 19 Scaling factor for generator side IR compensation when torque boost is used Ir Add motoring scale 6 2 6 25 20 Scaling factor for motoring side IR compensation when torque boost is used JU offset 6 2 6 25 21 IV offset 6 2 6 25 22 IW offset 6 2 6 25 23 Offset values for phase current measurement Identified during ID run Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 183 700 701 702 703 704 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com Response to the 4mA reference fault 234567 2 7 1 O No response 1 Warning 2 Warning the frequency
124. ations where torque demand is proportional to the square of the speed e g in centrifugal fans and pumps n Default Nominal ID603 voltage of the motor Field weakening point Linear Squared Default Nominal frequency of the motor Hz gt NX12K07 Figure 8 1 Linear and squared change of motor voltage Programmable U f curve 2 The U f curve can be programmed with three different points Zero frequency voltage P1 Midpoint voltage frequency P2 and Fieldweakening point P3 Programmable U f curve can be used if more torque is needed at low frequencies The optimal settings can automatically be achieved with Motor identification run ID631 P3 Field weakening point Un boa eee Ds alisa Default Nominal ID603 voltage of the motor ID605 Default Nominal frequency of the motor f Hz gt 1D606 P1 l D602 1D604 NX12K08 Figure 8 2 Programmable U f curve Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 123 Linear with flux optimisation 3 The frequency converter starts to search for the minimum motor current in order to save energy and to lower the motor noise This function can be used in applications such as fans pumps etc 109 U f optimisation 213 2 6 2 Automatic The voltage to the motor changes in proportion to required torque which torque boost makes the motor produce more torque at s
125. cale EEE maximum Al2 AI signal inversion inversion Analogue input 2 reference inversion yes no Analogue input 2 Al2 signal filter time 10 00 reference filter time constant pd Selects the frequency that oo 9 320 00 Hz 303 corresponds to the min minimum value E reference signal Selects the frequency that B EE corresponds to the max g 320 00 Hz 304 reference signal maximum value c 0 00 No scaling gt 0 scaled max value 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com Al2 MZ signal selection selection 42 9 VACON MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION E nal selec on pe fie fe fa signal selection Free analogue input function Table 4 4 Input signals 62 2 0 Not used 1 Al1 2 Al2 0 No function 1 Reduces current limit P2 1 5 2 Reduces DC braking current P2 4 8 3 Reduces accel and decel times 4 Reduces torque supervision limit P2 3 15 CP control place cc closing contact oc opening contact Rising edge required to start Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See the product s User s Manual Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 43 4 4 4 Output signals Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 3 Code Parameter ax Unit Default Cust Note P2 3 1 A01 signal selection E 10 Al TIF programming methee used See page 66 0 Not used 20 mA 10 V 1 Output freq 0 fnax 2 Freq r
126. can be programmed to relay outputs or digital output By default one auxiliary drive is in use and it is programmed to relay output RO1 at B 1 Start frequency auxiliary drive 1 7 2 9 2 The frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter must exceed the Limit defined with these parameters with 1 Hz before the auxiliary drive is started The 1 Hz overdraft makes a hysteresis to avoid unnecessary starts and stops See Figure 8 55 See also parameters 1D101 and ID102 page 121 Stop frequency auxiliary drive 7 7 79 3 The frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter must fall with 1Hz below the limit defined with these parameters before the auxiliary drive is stopped The stop frequency limit also defines the frequency to which the frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter is dropped after starting the auxiliary drive See Figure 8 55 Start frequency auxiliary drive 2 7 2 9 4 Stop frequency auxiliary drive 2 7 2 9 5 Start frequency auxiliary drive 3 7 2 9 6 Stop frequency auxiliary drive 3 7 2 9 7 Start frequency auxiliary drive 4 7 2 9 8 Stop frequency auxiliary drive 2 7 2 9 9 See ID s 1002 and 1003 Start delay of auxiliary drives 7 2 9 10 The frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter must remain above the start frequency of the auxiliary drive for the time defined with this parameter before the auxiliary drive is started The delay defined applie
127. ccording to the individual ID number of the parameter Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 37 4 2 Control 1 0 Reference potentiometer 1 10 kQ C EEE l MEE EMR Basic reference optional e L K ie gene One de a OPT A1 Terminal Signal Description 1 10V ef Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc 2 Al1 Analogue input 1 Analogue input 1 frequency reference Voltage range 0 10V DC 3 Al1 1 0 Ground Ground for reference and controls 4 Al2 Analogue input 2 Analogue input 2 frequency reference 5 Al2 Current Range 0 20 mA Default reference Programmable P2 1 11 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1A 7 GND 1 0 ground Ground for reference and controls 8 DIN1 Start forward Contact closed start forward Programmable logic P2 2 1 9 DIN2 Start reverse Contact closed start reverse Ri min 5kQ 10 DIN3 External fault input Contact open no fault Programmable P2 2 2 Contact closed fault 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see 6 13 GND 1 0 ground Ground for reference and controls 14 DIN4 Preset speed select 1 sel1 sel2 sel3 sel 4 with DIN3 0 0 0 0 1 0 reference 15 DIN5 Preset speed select 2 1 0 0 0 Speed 1 0 1 0 0 Speed 2 16 DIN6 Preset spe
128. closed Start of motor enabled The frequency converter is stopped according to the selected function at par D506 The follower drive will always coast to stop Acceleration Deceleration time selection 67 2 2 7 13 2 2 6 7 Contact open Acceleration Deceleration time 1 selected Contact closed Acceleration Deceleration time 2 selected Set Acceleration Deceleration times with parameters ID103 and ID104 and the alternative ramp times with ID502 and ID503 Control from I O terminal 67 2 2 7 18 2 2 6 8 Contact closed Force control place to 1 0 terminal This input has priority over parameters 1D410 and ID411 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON O 161 410 Control from keypad 67 22719 2 2 6 9 Contact closed Force control place to keypad This input has priority over parameter ID411 but preceded in priority by ID409 411 Control from fieldbus 67 22720 226 10 Contact closed Force control place to fieldbus This input is preceded in priority by parameters D409 and ID410 NOTE When the control place is forced to change the values of Start Stop Direction and Reference valid in the respective control place are used The value of parameter D125 Keypad Control Place does not change When the input opens the control place is selected according to keypad control parameter ID125 412 Reverse 67 2 2 7 4 2 2 6 11 Contact open Direction forward Contact closed Direction reve
129. d see chapter 9 1 NOTE Rising edge required to start after identification CL Start up torque forward 23456 2 6 23 12 Sets the start up torque for forward direction if selected with par 1D621 CL Start up torque reverse 23456 2 6 23 13 Sets the start up torque for reverse direction if selected with par 10621 Minimum frequency for Open Loop torque control 6 2 10 7 Defines the frequency limit below which the frequency converter operates in frequency control mode Because of the nominal slip of the motor the internal torque calculation is inaccurate at low speeds where is it recommended to use the frequency control mode Speed controller P gain Open Loop 6 2 6 13 Defines the P gain for the speed controlled in Open Loop control mode Speed controller gain Open Loop 6 2 6 14 Defines the gain for the speed controlled in Open Loop control mode Torque controller P gain 6 2 10 8 Defines the P gain of the torque controller in Open Loop control mode Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 181 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 649 650 654 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com Torque controller gain 6 2 10 9 Defines the gain of the torque controller in Open Loop control mode Torque reference selection 6 2 10 3 Defines the source for torque reference See chapter 9 6 Not used Analogue input
130. d into an external brake resistor This enables the frequency converter to decelerate the load with a torque equal to that of acceleration provided that the correct brake resistor has been selected The brake chopper test mode generates a pulse to the resistor every second If the pulse feedback is wrong resistor or chopper is missing fault F12 is generated See separate Brake resistor installation manual 170 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 505 506 507 Start function 2 4 6 Ramp 0 The frequency converter starts from 0 Hz and accelerates to the set reference frequency within the set acceleration time Load inertia or starting friction may cause prolonged acceleration times Flying start 1 The frequency converter is able to start into a running motor by applying small current pulses to motor and searching for the frequency corresponding to the speed the motor is running at Searching starts from the maximum frequency towards the actual frequency until the correct value is detected Thereafter the output frequency will be increased decreased to the set reference value according to the set acceleration deceleration parameters Use this mode if the motor is coasting when the start command is given With the flying start it is possible to start the motor from actual speed without forcing the speed to zero before ramping to reference Conditional flying start 2 With this mode it is possible to disconnect and co
131. e 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 220 VACON Current scaling in different size of units NOTE Monitoring value ID45 usually in Process data OUT3 is given with one decimal only Voltage Size Scale 208 240 Vac NX 2 0001 0011 100 0 01A 208 240 Vac NX_2 0012 0420 10 0 14 380 500 Vac NX_5 0003 0007 100 0 01A 380 500 Vac NX_5 0009 0300 10 0 14 380 500 Vac NX 5 0385 1 1A 525 690 Vac NX_6 0004 0013 100 0 01A 525 690 Vac NX_6 0018 10 0 1A APPENDICES Table 9 2 Current scaling 9 6 3 Process Data IN Master gt Slave ControlWord Reference and Process Data are used in All in One applications as follows Basic Standard Local Remote Multi Step applications Speed reference 001 ControlWord Start Stop command Fault reset command PD1 PD8 Not used Table 9 3 Multipurpose control application NOTE Settings in the table are factory defaults See also parameter group 62 9 Data Value Reference Speed reference ControlWord Start Stop command Fault reset command Torque reference Free analogue input Adjust input Not used Process Data IN1 Process Data IN2 Process Data IN3 PD3 PD8 Table 9 4 PID control and Pump and fan control applications ControlWord Start Stop command rnos pasmem Process Data IN Reference for PID controller 00T Process Data IN
132. e G2 2 7 Contact closed external fault 16 DIN6 Accel decel time select Contact open P2 1 3 and P2 1 4 in use Programmable 62 2 7 Contact closed P2 4 3 and P2 4 4 in use 17 CMB Common for DIN4 DIN6 Connect to GND or 24V 18 AOA1 Analogue output 1 Range 0 20 mA R max 5000 19 AOA1 Output frequency Programmable P2 3 5 2 20 DOA Digital output Open collector I lt 50mA U lt 48 VDC READY Programmable G2 3 3 OPT A2 21 ROT Relay output 1 22 RO ey RUN 23 RO1 Programmable 62 3 3 24 RO2 Relay output 2 25 RO2 4 FAULT 26 RO2 Programmable 62 3 3 Table 6 1 Multi purpose control application default 1 0 configuration and connection example Note See jumper selections below More information in the product s user s manual Jumper block X3 CMA and CMB grounding oe oe e 6 CMB isolated from GND DO CMA isolated from GND CMB and CMA internally connected together isolated from GND CMB connected to GND CMA connected to GND Io Factory default Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON O 65 6 3 Control signal logic in Multi Purpose Control Application 3 2 Keypad reference 2 1 11 1 O Reference 2 1 12 Keypad Ctrl Reference peed 1 2 1 21 Preset Speed 7 DIN rrr rr e 1 Preset Speed 1 nes shes E sed 2 reset Spe DINGO R DINH f 22 2 ee 1 i a
133. e see the product s User s Manual 2 4 12 Expander boards Control keypad Menu M7 The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board related information For more information see the product s User s Manual Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 23 3 LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION Software code ASFIFF03 3 1 Introduction Select the Local Remote Control Application in menu M6 on page 6 2 Utilising the Local Remote Control Application it is possible to have two different control places For each control place the frequency reference can be selected from either the control keypad 1 0 terminal or fieldbus The active control place is selected with the digital input DIN6 e All outputs are freely programmable Additional functions Programmable Start Stop and Reverse signal logic Reference scaling One frequency limit supervision Second ramps and S shape ramp programming Programmable start and stop functions DC brake at stop One prohibit frequency area Programmable U f curve and switching frequency Autorestart Motor thermal and stall protection Programmable action off warning fault The parameters of the Local Remote Control Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfa
134. e Email vaconf avacon com 112 VACON PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION 7 5 4 2 Limit settings Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 2 Parameter i Output frequency 0 No limit e limit 1 Sueearseion 1 Low limit supervision P en High limit supervision Output freq limit 1 320 00 Supervised value Ean No limit Output frequency Sa aia limit 2 supervision 2 1 Low limit supervision cae High limit supervision Output freq limit 2 320 00 Supervised value Torque limit ean Not used ew envision 2 348 1 Low limit supervision E RT limit supervision supervision value Reference limit L used supervision 1 Low limit E a limit supervision value External e External From Run request Use RREO brake on delay 00 1000 100 0 0 TERT time longer than P2 1 4 0 Not used P2 3 2 11 a 1 Low limit dbs limit P23212 FG Ba ei Ba ei value Supervised Eas All A f ae 0 No limit RR 2 High limit supervision vane ree Dew Pee Pe be supervised value Table 7 11 Output signals Limit settings Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 113 7 9 4 3 Parameter i Unit Default Cust ID Note Analogue output TTF programming signal selection i i E See chapter 6 4 0 Not used 20 mA 10 V 1 Output freq O f 2 Freq reference 0 f 3 Motor speed 0 Motor nominal speed 4 Motor current 0 1 motor 5 Motor torque 0 T motor Analogue output 6 Motor power 0 P mot
135. e motor E fo poe af 0 Al1 PID controller 2 PID ref from Keypad reference signal control page P3 4 Place A 3 PID ref from fieldbus ProcessDatalN 1 4 Motor Fo PID controller gain 00 10000 1000 asl i time time QT a O O E O RT S DO OU DD O O 0 Wake up at fall below wake up level 2 1 17 Wake up function 1 1019 1 Wake up at exceeded wake up level 2 1 17 reference Table 5 3 Basic parameters G2 1 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 54 VACON PID CONTROL APPLICATION 5 4 3 Input signals Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 2 Parameter 0 Not used 1 External fault cc 2 External fault oc 3 Run enable 4 Acc Dec time selection 5 CP 1 0 terminal 1D125 6 CP Keypad 1D125 7 CP Fieldbus ID125 8 Forward Reverse 9 Jogging frequency cc 10 Fault reset cc 11 Acc Dec prohibit cc 12 DC braking command 13 Motor pot UP cc 13 Motor pot DOWN cc 13 Enable PID reference 2 0 Direct PID output value 1 Al1 PID output 2 Al2 PID output 3 AI3 PID output 4 AI4 PID output 5 PID keypad PID output 6 Fieldbus PID output ProcessDatalN3 7 Mot pot PID output 0 AI1 1 Al2 2 Al3 3 Al4 4 Keypad reference 5 Fieldbus reference FBSpeedReference 6 Motor potentiometer 7 PID controller As in P2 2 5 122 Asin P2 2 5 0 Actual value 1 1 Actual 1 Actual 2 2 Actual 1 Actual 2 3 Actual 1 Actual 2 4 Min Actual 1 Actual 2 5 Max Actual 1 Actual
136. e output frequency is allowed to decrease 5 Hz from the frequency reference This feature is used e g when load is needed to balance motors that are mechanically connected CL Startup torque 6 2 6 23 11 Choose here the startup torque Torque Memory is used in crane applications Startup Torque FWD REV can be used in other applications to help the speed controller See chapter 9 2 0 Not Used 1 TorqMemory Motor will be started at the same torque as it was stopped at 2 Torque Ref Torque reference is used at start for the startup torque 3 Torque forward Torque reverse See ID633 and 634 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 179 626 CL Acceleration compensation 6 2622 5 Sets the inertia compensation to improve speed response during acceleration and deceleration The time is defined as acceleration time to nominal speed with nominal torque This feature is used when the inertia of the system is known to achieve the best speed accuracy at alternating references 27 27 E AccelCompensationTC J Prom J Sos J System inertia kg m from Motor nominal frequency Hz Thom Motor nominal torque Prom Motor nominal power kW 627 CL Magnetizing current at start 6 2 6 23 7 Defines the current that is applied to motor when the start command is given in Closed Loop control mode At start this parameter is used together with par ID628 to decrease the time b
137. ear with flux optim point weakening point U f curve midpoint 0 00 P2 64 Hz 50 00 frequency U curve midpoint n x U amot S TIE zero frequency values Overvoltage O Netused P2 6 10 g 1 Used no ramping controller f 2 Used ramping Undervoltage 0 Not used P2 6 12 Loaddrooping 0 00 100 00 000 620 0 No action Identification 1 2 631 1 Identification w o run 2 Identification with run Closed Loop parameter group 2 6 14 P2 6 14 1 Magnetizingcurrent 0 00 2x A 000 for o P2 6 142 SpeedcontrolPgain 1 1000 30 faf S P2 6 143 Speed control I time 00 3200 0 ms 300 614 resus gu om mm e om fu compensation P2 6 14 6 Spanse o 56 imo ed nas podiam e Ja fumo jump at sia E a o ams meo E start P2 6 149 0 speedtime at start 0 32000 ms 100 615 P2 6 14 10 en eee T 0 Not used 1 Torque memory P2 6 14 11 Start up torque 2 Torduereferenc 3 Start e P2 6 14 12 Start up torque FWD 300 0 3000 00 433 z PA P o P2 6 14 13 up torque REV 300 0 300 0 0 0 634 P2 6 14 15 Encoder filter time 0 0 100 0 0 0 618 P gain Table 3 8 Motor control parameters G2 6 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 34 VACON LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION 3 4 8 Protections Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 7 P2 7 1 P2 7 2 P2 7 3 P2 7 4
138. ed select 3 1 1 1 1 Speed 15 17 CMB Common for DIN4 DIN6 Connect to GND or 24V 18 AO1 Analogue Output 1 Range 0 20 mA R max 500Q 19 A01 Output frequency Programmable P2 3 2 20 DO Digital output Open collector I lt 50mA U lt 48 VDC READY Programmable P2 3 7 OPT A2 21 ROT Relay output 1 Programmable 22 R01 Ey RUN 23 RO1 Programmable P2 3 8 24 RO2 Relay output 2 Programmable 25 RO2 FAULT i 26 RO2 Programmable P2 3 9 Table 4 1 Multi step speed control application default O configuration Note See jumper selections below More information in the product s User s Manual 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com Jumper block X3 CMA and CMB grounding oe 00 CMB connected to GND CMA connected to GND eg CMB isolated from GND DO CMA isolated Trom GND e S CMB and CMA internally connected together isolated from GND Factory default 38 VACON MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION 4 3 Control signal logic in Multi Step Speed Control Application 2 1 11 I O Reference 2 1 12 Keypad Ctrl Reference 2 1 14 Jogging speed reference 3 1 Control place U U U U U U U U U U U Internal frequency reference U U U U U U U U U l Reset butto Start Stop buttons Start Stop from fieldbus i Direction from fieldbus U DIN1 atorar Programmable Start Stop Interna
139. eed can also be selected if digital inputs are programmed for these functions e The digital inputs and all the outputs are freely programmable and the application supports all I O boards Additional functions Analogue input signal range selection Two frequency limit supervisions Torque limit supervision Reference limit supervision Second ramps and S shape ramp programming Programmable Start Stop and Reverse logic DC brake at start and stop Three prohibit frequency areas Programmable U f curve and switching frequency Autorestart Motor thermal and stall protection fully programmable off warning fault Motor underload protection Input and output phase supervision Joystick hysteresis Sleep function NXP functions Power limit functions Different power limits for motoring and generating side Master Follower function Different torque limits for motoring and generating side Cooling monitor input from heat exchange unit Brake monitoring input and actual current monitor for immediate brake close Separate speed control tuning for different speeds and loads Inching function two different references Possibility to connect the FB Process data to any parameter and some monitoring values Identification parameter can be adjusted manually The parameters of the Multi Purpose Control Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter 24 h
140. eference 0 fmax 3 Motor speed 0 Motor pa 9 2 Analogue output 1 307 nominal speed function 4 Motor current 0 motor 5 Motor torque 0 T motor 6 Motor power 0 P motor 7 Motor voltage 0 U motor 8 DC link volt 0 1000V pos HOHH 10 00 0 No filtering filter time P234 Analogue output O Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted Analogue output 0 0 mA 0 V scale 0 Not used 4 Fault inverted 5 FC overheat warning 6 Ext fault or warning 7 Ref fault or warning 8 Warning 9 Reversed 10 Jogging spd selected am 11 At speed P2 3 7 ei rat x 22 1 312 12 Mot regulator active irak 13 OP freq limit superv 1 14 OP freq limit superv 2 15 Torque limit superv 16 Ref limit superv 17 Ext brake control 18 Control place IO 19 FC temp limit superv 20 Unrequested rotation direction 21 Ext brake control inverted 22 Thermistor fault warn function function 0 No limit 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision Output frequency P2 3 11 limit 1 320 00 Supervision value Output frequenc Bro lia p232 eu 2 346 1 Low limit supervision limit 2 supervision AR E RE 2 High limit supervision 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com Output frequency P2 3 10 o limit 1 supervision 44 VACON MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION Output frequency limit 2 Supervision value Torque limit 1 Low limit supervision function 2 High limit supervision value ac
141. efore the motor is able to produce maximum torque 628 CL Magnetizing time at start 2 6 23 8 Defines the time for how long the magnetization current 1D627 is applied to the motor at start The magnetizing current at start is used in order to premagnetize the motor before running This will improve the torque performance at start The time needed depends on the size of the motor The parameter value varies from 100 ms to 3 seconds The bigger the motor the more time is needed 637 Identification 23456 2 6 13 2 6 16 Identification Run is a part of tuning the motor and the drive specific parameters It is a tool for commissioning and service of the drive with the aim to find as good parameter values as possible for most drives The automatic motor identification calculates or measures the motor parameters that are needed for optimum motor and speed control O No action No identification requested 1 Identification without motor run The drive is run without speed to identify the motor parameters The motor is supplied with current and voltage but with zero frequency U f ratio is identified 2 Identification with motor run NXP only The drive is run with speed to identify the motor parameters U f ratio and magnetization current are identified Note This identification run must be performed with no load on the motor shaft for accurate results 3 Encoder identification run Identifies the shaft zero position when usin
142. ency Response to external fault Input phase supervision E Response to o undervoltage fault EDER supervision EE protection irene E of the motor Motor ambient temperature factor Motor cooling factor at zero speed i Motor thermal time 200 min constant Motor duty cycle Stall protection Stallcurrent_ 0 00 2x A Field weakening 10 150 area load Underload protection time 2 S limit ef Response to 3 fieldbus fault Response to slot 3 fault No of PT100inputs 0 3 Response to PT100 3 fault Response to thermistor fault 40 0 Varies 100 50 10 0 20 N 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Warning Previous Freq 3 Wrng PresetFreq 2 7 2 4 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting 700 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting 727 0 Fault stored in history 1 Fault not stored No response Warning ault stop acc to 2 4 7 ault stop by coasting 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting N oO N N N 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting 733 See P2 7 21 734 See P2 7 21 N w o 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting
143. ency converter remains the same Only the mains contactor is needed for each drive See Figure 8 63 Motor aux 1 Motor aux 2 ee Figure 8 63 Autochange applied to auxiliary drives only 1 All drives included in the autochange interlockings sequence The drive controlled by the frequency converter is included in the automatics and two contactors are needed for each drive to connect it to the mains or the frequency converter See Figure 8 64 auxiliary auxiliary connection connection o E P NX12k97 fh8 Drive 1 Drive 2 Figure 8 64 Autochange with all drives 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 202 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 1029 1030 1031 Autochange interval 7 2 9 26 After the expiry of the time defined with this parameter the autochange function takes place if the capacity used lies below the level defined with parameters ID1031 Auto change frequency limit and ID1030 Maximum number of auxiliary drives Should the capacity exceed the value of D1031 the autochange will not take place before the ca pacity goes below this limit e The time count is activated only if the Start Stop request is active e The time count is reset after the autochange has taken place See Figure 8 65 Maximum number of auxiliary drives 7 2 9 27 A
144. er reference controlled with D418 TRUE increase and ID417 TRUE decrease 11 Al1 or Al2 whichever is lower 12 All or Al2 whichever is greater 13 Max frequency recommended in torque control only 14 AI1 Al2 selection see D422 15 Encoder 1 Al input C 1 16 Encoder 2 With OPT A7 Speed Synchronization NXP only Al input C 3 Table 8 2 Selections for parameter D117 PID controller gain 57 2112 This parameter defines the gain of the PID controller If the value of the parameter is set to 100 a change of 10 in the error value causes the controller output to change by 10 If the parameter value is set to 0 the PID controller operates as ID controller See examples on page 126 PID controller time 57 2 1 13 The parameter ID119 defines the integration time of the PID controller If this parameter is set to 1 00 second a change of 10 in the error value causes the controller output to change by 10 00 s If the parameter value is set to 0 00 s the PID controller will operate as PD controller See examples on page 126 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 125 120 Motor cos phi 2 10 2 1 10 Find this value cos phi on the rating plate of the motor 121 Keypad frequency reference selection 234567 2 1 12 2 1 13 226 2 2 1 2 Defines which frequency reference source is selected when controlled
145. erence value is the active PID reference if parameter ID332 2 PID reference 2 57 3 5 The PID controller keypad reference 2 can be set between 0 and 100 This reference is active if the DIN5 function 13 and the DIN5 contact is closed Torque reference 6 12 57 Define here the torque reference within 300 0 300 0 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 APPENDICES VACON 215 9 APPENDICES In this chapter you will find additional information on special parameter groups Such groups are Parameters of External brake control with additional limits Chapter 9 1 Closed Loop parameters Chapter 9 2 Parameters of Motor thermal protection Chapter 9 3 Parameters of Stall protection Chapter 9 4 Parameters of Underload protection Chapter 9 5 Fieldbus control parameters Chapter 9 6 9 1 External brake control with additional limits ID s 315 316 346 to 349 352 353 The external brake used for additional braking can be controlled through parameters D315 ID316 1D346 to ID349 and 1D352 1D353 Selecting On Off Control for the brake defining the frequency or torque limit s the brake should react to and defining the Brake On Off delays will allow an effective brake control See Figure 9 1 Note During Identification Run see par D631 brake control is disabled Torque limit ID349 START i STOP Brake on delay cay D353 O Brake off ID352 Brake on NX12k115 fh8 Fi
146. erence can be selected from the analogue inputs fieldbus motorised potentiometer enabling the PID Reference 2 or applying the control keypad reference The PID controller actual value can be selected from the analogue inputs fieldbus the actual values of the motor or through the mathematical functions of these The direct frequency reference can be used for the control without the PID controller and selected from the analogue inputs fieldbus motor potentiometer or keypad The PID Application is typically used to control level measuring or pumps and fans In these applications the PID Application provides a smooth control and an integrated measuring and controlling package where no additional components are needed e Digital inputs DIN2 DIN3 DIN5 and all the outputs are freely programmable Additional functions e Analogue input signal range selection Two frequency limit supervisions Torque limit supervision Reference limit supervision Second ramps and S shape ramp programming Programmable start and stop functions DC brake at start and stop Three prohibit frequency areas Programmable U f curve and switching frequency Autorestart Motor thermal and stall protection fully programmable off warning fault Motor underload protection Input and output phase supervision Sum point frequency addition to PID output The PID controller can additionally be used from control places 170 B keypad and fieldbus Easy ChangeOver function Sleep functi
147. es 137 to 138 Analogue output 2 offset 67 2 3 6 7 2 3 4 7 Add 100 0 to 100 0 to the analogue output 166 9 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 Analogue output 3 signal selection 67 2 3 7 1 2 3 5 1 See ID464 Analogue output 3 function 67 2 3 7 2 2 3 5 2 This parameter selects the desired function for the analogue output signal See ID307 Analogue output 3 filter time 67 2 3 7 3 2 3 5 3 Defines the filtering time of the analogue output signal Setting this parameter value 0 will deactivate filtering See ID308 Analogue output 3 inversion 67 BISA 2 3 5 4 Inverts the analogue output signal See ID309 Analogue output 3 minimum 67 23 19 2 3 5 5 Defines the signal minimum to either 0 mA or 4 mA living zero See ID310 Analogue output 3 scaling 67 237 6 2 3 5 6 Scaling factor for analogue output Value 200 will double the output See 1D311 Analogue output 3 offset 67 2 3 7 7 2 3 5 7 Add 100 0 to 100 0 to the analogue output signal See ID375 Scaling of motoring torque limit 6 2 2 6 5 O Not used 1 All A Torque 2 Al2 limit 4 Al4 Par ID349 sss 5 Fieldbus FBProcessDatalN2 see chapter 9 6 Taan gt 0 Signal NX12K118 range Figure 8 40 Scaling of motoring torque limit Digital output 7 signal selection 6 2 3 1 1 Connect the delayed DO1 signal to the digital output of your choice with
148. es cannot be edited See the product s User s Manual for more information Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor control V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque 4 Calculated shaft torque V1 6 Motor power 5 Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC link voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature SC 8 Heatsink temperature V1 10 Motor temperature 9 Caculatedmotor temperature V1 11 Analogue input 1 V mA 13 All V1 12 Analogue input 2 V mA 14 AQ V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 14 DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 16 Digital input statuses V1 15 DO1 RO1 RO2 17 Digital and relay output statuses V1 16 Analogue lout mA 26 A01 Multimonitoring Displays three selectable M1 17 Ra items monitoring values Table 4 2 Monitoring values 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 40 VACON MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION 4 4 2 Basic parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 1 Parameter Max EN E HEL ID Min frequency P2 1 2 NOTE If fmax gt than the E motor synchronous speed id dd gal 320 00 30 00 check suitability for motor and drive system po Current limit Otel E no Nominal voltage of Nee cay the See L NX6 690V Nom
149. eter is available for NXP drives only Emergency stop mode 6 2 4 21 Defines the action after the IO emergency input goes low The parameter is available for NXP drives only O Coasting stop 1 Ramping stop Torque speed limit Closed Loop 6 2 10 6 With this parameter the maximum frequency for the torque control can be selected Closed Loop speed control Positive and negative frequency limit Ramp generator output Negative frequency limit Ramp generator output Ramp generator output Positive frequency limit Ramp generator output with window 0 Ramp generator output Ramp generator output with window and On Off limits SIO L E WON For the selection of this parameter in NXS drives see page 181 Positive frequency limit 6 2 6 20 Maximum frequency limit for the drive The parameter is available for NXP drives only Negative frequency limit 6 2 6 19 Minimum frequency limit for the drive The parameter is available for NXP drives only Motoring torque limit 6 2 6 22 Defines the maximum motoring side torque limit The parameter is available for NXP drives only Generator torque limit 6 2 6 21 Defines the maximum generating side torque limit The parameter is available for NXP drives only Motoring power limit 6 2 6 23 20 Defines the maximum motoring side power limit For Closed Loop control mode only Generator power limit 6 2 6 23 19 Defines the maximum generating side power limit Fo
150. f the frequency converter See the used fieldbus manual for more details Scaling of motoring power limit 6 224 7 The motoring power limit is equal to D1289 if value O Not used is selected If any of the inputs is selected the motoring power limit is scaled between zero and parameter 1D1289 This parameter is available for NXP closed loop control mode only 0 Not used 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 Al3 4 Al4 5 FB Limit Scaling ID46 monitoring value 132 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 300 Start Stop logic selection 2346 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 O DIN1 closed contact start forward DIN2 closed contact start reverse A Output Stop function frequency ID506 coasting a NX12K09 The first selected direction has the highest priority Figure 8 6 Start forward Start reverse When the DIN1 contact opens the direction of rotation starts the change OOO If Start forward DIN1 and Start reverse DIN2 signals are active simultaneously the Start forward signal DIN1 has priority 1 DIN1 closed contact start open contact stop DIN2 closed contact reverse open contact forward See below A Output Stop function frequency ID506 coasting NX12K10 Figure 8 7 Start Stop Reverse 2 DIN1 closed contact start open contact stop DIN2 closed contact start enabled open contact start disabled and drive stopped if running DIN3 can be programmed for reverse command Tel 358
151. for switches etc max 0 1 A 7 GND 1 0 ground Ground for reference and controls Ra d 8 DIN1 Start forward Contact closed start forward Programmable logic P2 2 1 E ad 9 DIN2 Start reverse Contact closed start reverse ns Ri min 5 kohm Ed 10 DIN3 External fault input Contact open no fault EE GR so Programmable P2 2 2 Contact closed fault 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see 6 E ul 13 GND 1 0 ground Ground for reference and controls 4 14 DIN4 Preset speed select 1 DIN4 DIN5 Frequency ref 15 DIN5 Preset speed select 2 Open Open 1 0 Reference d Closed Open Preset Speed 1 B h Open Closed Preset Speed 2 Closed Closed Analogue input 2 E dd 16 DIN6 Fault reset Contact open no action Contact closed fault reset Connect to GND or 24V Common for DIN4 DIN6 Analogue output 1 Range 0 20 mA R max 5000 19 A01 Output frequency Programmable P2 3 2 READY g 20 DO Digital output 1 Open collector I lt 50mA U lt 48 VDC a a aca READY Programmable P2 3 7 OPT A2 21 RO1 Relay output 1 RUN L RUN S c S 23 ROT Programmable P2 3 8 24 RO2 Relay output 2 220 77 fF TT TT 25 RO2 FAULT VAC 4 o 26 RO2 Programmable P2 3 9 E Table 2 1 Standard application default O conf
152. from 10 seconds back is set as reference 3 Warning the 4mA fault frequency par D728 is set as reference 4 Fault stop mode after fault according to D506 5 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting A warning or a fault action and message is generated if the 4 20 mA reference signal is used and the signal falls below 3 0 mA for 5 seconds or below 0 5 mA for 0 5 seconds The information can also be programmed into digital output DO1 and relay outputs RO1 and RO2 Response to external fault 234567 243 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to D506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting A warning or a fault action and message is generated from the external fault signal in the programmable digital inputs DIN3 or with parameters D405 and ID406 The information can also be programmed into digital output DO1 and relay outputs RO1 and R02 Output phase supervision 234567 2 7 6 O No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to D506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Output phase supervision of the motor ensures that the motor phases have an approximately equal current Earth fault protection 234567 2 7 7 O No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to D506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Earth fault protection ensures that the sum of the motor phase currents is zero The
153. from the keypad 0 Analogue input 1 Analogue input 1 Analogue input 1 Analogue input 1 AM AM AN AM 1 Analogue Input 2 Analogue Input 2 Analogue Input 2 Analogue Input 2 AIZ AIZ Al2 Al2 Keypad reference 2 Menu M3 Al3 Al1 Al2 Al3 3 Rane Ald AN AIZ Ald reference Keypad reference Keypad reference Menu M3 AZAN Menu M3 5 Fieldbus Al1 AI2 Fieldbus reference reference 6 Potentiometer ref AI joystick Potentiometer ref 7 PID controller ref Al2 joystick PID controller ref 8 Keypad reference Menu M3 Fieldbus 9 reference Table 8 3 Selections for parameter ID121 FBSpeedReference For more information see the used fieldbus manual 122 Fieldbus freguency reference selection 234567 2 1 13 2 1 14 2 2 7 2 2 1 3 Defines which frequency reference source is selected when controlled from the fieldbus For selections in different applications see D121 123 Keypad Direction 23 0 Forward The rotation of the motor is forward when the keypad is the active control place 1 Reverse The rotation of the motor is reversed when the keypad is the active control place For more information see the product s user s manual 124 Jogging speed reference 34567 2 1 14 2 1 15 2 1 19 Defines the jogging speed reference when activated by digital input See parameter ID301 and ID413 The parameter value is automatically limited to Maximum frequency ID102 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 1
154. g PMS motor with absolute encoder 4 Reserved 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 180 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 636 637 638 639 5 Identification failed This value is stored if identification fails The basic motor name plate data has to be set correctly before performing the identifi cation run D110 Nominal voltage of the motor P2 1 6 D111 Nominal frequency of the motor P2 1 7 D112 Nominal speed of the motor P2 1 8 D113 Nominal current of the motor P2 1 9 D120 Motor cos phi P2 1 10 When in closed loop and with an encoder installed also the parameter for pulses revolutions in Menu M7 has to be set The automatic identification is activated by setting this parameter to the appropriate value followed by a start command in the requested direction The start command to the drive has to be given within 20 s If no start command is given within 20 s the identifi cation run is cancelled and the parameter will be reset to its default setting The identification run can be stopped any time with normal stop command and the para meter is reset to its default setting In case identification run detects fault or other prob lems the identification run is completed if possible After the identification is finished the application checks the status of the identification and generates fault warning if any During Identification Run the brake control is disable
155. g has been detected by Decrease motor load temperature frequency converter motor temperature If no motor overload exists check the model Motor is overloaded temperature model parameters 17 Motor Motor underload protection has tripped Check load Subcode in T 14 S1 Current unbalance underload E S2 DC voltage unbalance Should the fault re occur contact the distributor near to you Unbalance between power modules in parallelled units Unbalance 22 EEPROM Parameter save fault Should the fault re occur contact the checksum fault faulty operation distributor near to you component failure 24 Counter fault Values displayed on counters are incorrect 25 Microprocessor faulty operation watchdog fault component failure 26 la Run request in ON when new application be done safely is loaded to the drive Remove Run request 29 Thermistor The thermistor input of option board has Check motor cooling and loading fault detected increase of the motor Check thermistor connection temperature If thermistor input of the option board is not in use it has to be short circuited Reset the fault and restart Should the fault re occur contact the distributor near to you Cancel prevention of start up if this can Start up Start up of the drive has been prevented prevented Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 FAULT TRACING VACON 2
156. gue input is lt 4mA ln lt 4mA sel control cable is broken or loose signal range 4 signal source has failed to 20 mA 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com Safe disable The input on OPT AF board has opened CAN bus Sent message not acknowledged communication Application Problem in application software Option board or drive added Option board removed Reset Device no longer available Correcting measures Cancel Safe Disable if this can be done safely Check loading Check motor size Make identification run Contact the distributor near to you Ensure that there is another device on the bus with the same configuration Contact your distributor If you are application programmer check the application program Change control unit Reset Device is ready for use Old parameter settings will be used Reset Device is ready for use Old board settings will be used Contact the distributor near to you Check loading Check motor size Make identification run Set the deceleration time longer Use external brake resistor Check encoder channel connections Check the encoder board Check encoder frequency in open loop Reset Set the option board parameters again if option board was changed Set converter parameters again if power unit was changed Reset Set the option board parameters again Contact your distributor if the fault re occurs while the converter
157. gure 9 7 Brake control with additional limits In Figure 9 1 above the brake control is set to react to both the torque supervision limit par D349 and frequency supervision limit ID347 Additionally the same frequency limit is used for both brake off and brake on control by giving parameter ID346 the value 4 Use of two different frequency limits is also possible Then parameters ID315 and ID346 must be given the value 3 Brake off In order for the brake to release three conditions must be fulfilled 1 the drive must be in Run state 2 the torque must be over the set limit if used and 3 the output frequency must be over the set limit if used Brake on Stop command activates the brake delay count and the brake is closed when the output frequency falls below the set limit ID315 or D346 As a precaution the brake closes when the brake on delay expires at the latest 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 216 VACON APPENDICES Note A fault or Stop state will close the brake immediately without a delay See Figure 9 2 It is strongly advisable that the brake on delay be set longer than the ramp time in order to avoid damaging of the brake No brake off control 0 2 Brake off ctrl 2 limits 3 Brake on off crtl 1 limit 4 0 2 TRUE Output frequency gt ID347 No brake off control 0 2 Brake off ctrl 3 torque limit 01 U09 Yjo a
158. he application version the parameter code may appear as 2 6 17 xx instead of 2 6 23 xx Parameter P2 6 23 1 Magnetizing 2x ly 612 If zero internally current calculated P2 6 233 Speed control Negative value uses 1 ms time accuracy instead of 0 1 ms compensation P2 6 23 6 Slip adjust o R 9 mT current at start at start start 0 Not used 1 Torque memory P2 6 23 11 Start up torque 2 Torque reference EE Start up torque fwd rev Start up torque 3000 Start up torque P2 6 23 13 REV 300 0 3000 634 P2 6 23 15 Encoder filter time 0 0 100 0 L oo HTH P gain P2 6 23 23 S a 1402 always p2 6 23 24 Stop stateflux 0 0 1600 w mo RD oS i P2 6 23 25 sPCfipoint 000 32000 Hz 000 i301 o P2 6 23 26 sPCfOpoint 000 32000 Hz 000 1300 S P2 6 23 27 SPCKpfo o 1000 100 i P2 6 23 28 SPCKpFWP 0 1000 100 12 i minimum minimum Kp P2 6 23 31 ame SS a Les P2 6 23 32 eos raio do er o If sinus filter is used set Table 6 23 Closed Loop motor control parameters 62 6 23 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 88 VACON MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION 6 6 8 2 NXP drives PMS Motor control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 6 24 Parameter O Induction Motor P2 6 24 2 EEE SNC DT SN OT a E R RA P2 6 24 3 S O O E P2 6 24 4 ae a a G N P2 6 24 5 EnableRsldentifi
159. he product s user s manual 6 6 16 Expander boards Control keypad Menu M7 The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board related information For more information see the product s user s manual Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 6 95 7 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION Software code ASFIFF07 7 1 Introduction Select the Pump and Fan Control Application in menu M6 on page 56 2 The Pump and Fan Control Application can be used to control one variable speed drive and up to four auxiliary drives The PID controller of the frequency converter controls the speed of the variable speed drive and gives control signals to start and stop the auxiliary drives to control the total flow In addition to the eight parameter groups provided as standard a parameter group for multi pump and fan control functions is available The application has two control places on the O terminal Place Ais the pump and fan control and place B is the direct frequency reference The control place is selected with input DIN6 As already its name tells the Pump and Fan Control Application is used to control the operation of pumps and fans It can be used for example to decrease the delivery pressure in booster stations if the measured input pressure falls below a limit specified by the user The application utilizes external contactors for switching between the
160. he values of both 10292 and ID394 are zero scaling is set off The minimum and maximum frequencies are used for scaling See par ID s 303 and 304 Al2 joystick hysteresis 6 2236 This parameter defines the joystick dead zone between 0 and 20 See ID384 Al2 sleep limit 6 2239 The frequency converter is stopped if the Al signal level falls below the Sleep limit defined with this parameter See also par ID397 and Figure 8 35 See ID385 Al2 sleep delay 6 2 2 3 10 This parameter defines the time the analogue input signal has to stay under the sleep limit determined with parameter Al2 sleep limit ID396 in order to stop the frequency converter 158 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 399 Scaling of current limit 6 2 2 6 1 O Not used 1 AI 2 Al2 3 Al3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus FBProcessDatalN2 see chapter 9 6 This signal will adjust the maximum motor current between O and Motor current limit 1D107 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 159 400 Scaling of DC braking current 6 2 2 6 2 See par ID399 for the selections DC braking current can be reduced with the free analogue input signal DC braking between zero current and the current Par D507 set with parameter D507 See Figure 8 37 R ogue Signal range sua Figure 8 37 Scaling of DC braking current 401 Scaling of acceleration and deceleration times 6 2 2 6 3 See par ID399 A Facto
161. ich the Basic Application is too limited but where no special features are needed e The Standard Application has the same 1 0 signals and the same control logic as the Basic Application e Digital input DIN3 and all the outputs are freely programmable Additional functions Programmable Start Stop and Reverse signal logic Reference scaling One frequency limit supervision Second ramps and S shape ramp programming Programmable start and stop functions DC brake at stop One prohibit frequency area Programmable U f curve and switching frequency Autorestart Motor thermal and stall protection Programmable action off warning fault The parameters of the Standard Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 STANDARD APPLICATION VACON 0 13 2 2 Control I O Reference potentiometer OPT A1 1 10 KQ Terminal Signal Description p 10V or Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc po wae 2 AM Analogue input 1 Analogue input 1 frequency reference Voltage range 0 10V DC Programmable P2 1 11 gt gt gt E 3 AIT 1 0 Ground Ground for reference and controls 4 Al2 Analogue input 2 Analogue input 2 frequency reference 5 Al2 Current range 0O 20mA Rd OTO 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage
162. ick 10 10 V 7 Torque reference from keypad R3 5 8 Fieldbus torque ref max min ad 0 Max frequency vane Linit 644 1 Selected frequency ref 2 Preset speed 7 Minimum frequency P2 10 8 for open loop 636 torque control P2 10 9 Torque controller Es P gain P2 10 10 Torque controller o gain NXP drives onl 0 CL speed control 1 Pos neg freq limits 2 RampOut Torque speed limit 3 NegFreqLimit RampOut CL 4 RampOut PosFreqLimit 5 RampOut Window pondo Torque reference 32000 filtering time 6 0 RampOut 7 RampOut Window On Off P2 10 13 Window negative 0 00 50 00 P2 10 14 Window positive 0 00 50 00 P2 10 15 Window negative off 0 00 P2 10 13 P2 10 16 Window positive off 0 00 P2 10 14 pzjoiy speed central 300 0 output limit Table 6 29 Torque control parameters G2 10 P2 10 11 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 93 6 6 13 Parameter Master Follower mode NXP drives Master Follower parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 11 0 Single drive 1 Master drive 2 Follower drive Follower stop P2 11 2 PG 0 2 P2113 Follower speed 18 reference select P2 114 Follower torque 9 reference select P2 11 5 Speed share 300 00 300 00 pa 11 0 Master Follower 2 mode 2 Table 6 30 Master Follower parameters 62 5 2 1089 al l 0 Coasting 1 Ramping 2 As Master 0 A
163. ieldbus Direction from fieldbus Start forward DINI Z Start Stop and B reverse logic Start reverse Fault reset input DING p External fault input programmable DINS put prog Reset butto Start Stop button Start Stop Reverse L L L 2 18 Preset Speed 1 2 19 Preset Speed 2 ipo ae z 3 1 Control place AEN Internal frequency reference vaeeor Internal Start Stop Internal reverse gg Internal fault reset gt 1 NX12k00 fh8 Figure 1 1 Control signal logic of the Basic Application Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 BASIC APPLICATION VACON 6 9 1 4 Basic Application Parameter lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups Each parameter includes a link to the respective parameter description The parameter descriptions are given on pages 121 to 214 Column explanations Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Name of parameter Minimum value of parameter Maximum value of parameter Unit of parameter value Given if available Value preset by factory Customer s own setting ID number of the parameter Parameter value can only be changed after the frequency converter has been stopped 1 4 1 Monitoring values Control keypad menu M1 The monitoring values are the actual values of
164. iguration Note See jumper selections below ae Jumper block X3 More information in the product s CMA and CMB grounding User s Manual 96 CMB connected to GND 96 CMA connected to GND eg CMB isolated from GND ee CMA isolated from GND e CMB and CMA internally connected together N isolated from GND Factory default 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 14 VACON STANDARD APPLICATION 2 3 Control signal logic in Standard Application 3 2 Keypad reference 2 1 11 I O Reference e 2 1 12 Keypad Ctrl Reference 2 1 13 Fieldbus Ctrl Reference 2 1 14 Preset Speed 1 2 1 15 Preset Speed 2 i i i Sons PE 3 1 Control place Control place i i i 1 i DIN4 DINS f 4 n AN l vi ma ol n E EEN i Internal frequency reference Reset button Reference from fieldbus Start Stop button Start Stop from fieldbus Direction from fieldbus Start forward Programmable Start Stop DIN1 programmable Start Stop and DIN2 reverse logic Start reverse programmable 3 3 Keypad direction Internal Start Stop Reverse ry Internal reverse O l Internal fault reset DING Fault reset input DIN3 External fault input programmable NX12k01 Figure 2 1 Control signal logic of the Standard Application Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 2
165. ilters out disturbances from the analogue input signals Al1 and Al2 Long filtering time makes regulation response slower A Output frequency Max freq ID102 Analogue A Analogue input V input V gt 4 gt NX12K13 Right No scaling used par ID303 0 2 2 6 A Output frequency Max freq ID102 r Min freq ID101 input gt 1 1 1 1 1 l 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 Analogue 1 I 1 a 0 max NX12K14 Figure 8 11 Reference invert 2 2 7 Unfiltered signal t s gt NX12K15 Figure 8 12 Reference filtering Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 137 307 Analogue output function 2 16 2 3 2 2 3 5 2 2 3 3 2 This parameter selects the desired function for the analogue output signal Applic 1to4 5and7 6 Sel 0 Not used Not used Not used 1 Output freq 0 frad Output freq 0 fna Output freq 0 frad 2 Freq reference 0 fma Freq reference 0 f max Freq reference 0 f ay 3 Motor speed 0 Motor Motor speed 0 Motor Motor speed 0 Motor nominal speed nominal speed nominal speed 4 Output current 0 l motor Output current 0 motor Output current 0 I motor 5 Motor torque 0 T motor Motor torque 0 T motor Motor torque 0 T motor 6 Motor power 0 P motor Motor power 0 P motor Motor powe
166. inal ee 320 00 00 50 00 Check the rating plate of the motor the motor The default applies for a 4 ponina Spean a 20 000 1440 pole motor and a nominal the motor f size frequency converter Nominal current of Check the rating plate of 113 P motor the motor the motor 0 AI1 1 Al2 1 0 reference 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus Keypad control reference Fieldbus control reference P21 3 P21 4 P21 5 P2 1 6 P2 1 7 P2 1 8 PZS PERO Motorcosp PZTTI P2 1 12 P2 1 13 3 Fieldbus Jogging speed pref 000 P212 Hz 000 iz S Presetspeedt 0 00 P21 2 Hz 500 105 Multi stepspeed1 Presetepeed 000 P212 He 10 00 106 Multistep speed Preset speed ooo p212 He 1250 126 Multi step speeds Preset speed4 000 P212 Hz 18 00 TS Multistepspeed4 Preset speeds 000 P212 He 1750 128 Multistepspeeds Presetspeedo 000 21 2 we 2000 129 Multhstepspeeas Preset speed 0 00 P212 He 2250 iso Multrstepspeed7 Presetspeed 0 00 P21 2 Hz 2500 133 Multistepspeed8 Preset spees9 000 p212 He 2150 104 Wullrstepspecd Preset speed 10 000 P212 He 9000 195 Multrstepspeed 10 Presctspeest 000 Perz He 3250 136 Multrstep spee 126 Presetspeed12 000 P212 He 3500 197 Mutrstepspeeai2 P2127 Presetspeed13 0o00 P212 He 00 ua P21 28 Presetspeed14 000 P212 He 4800
167. ines a certain input output for See Warning on page 67 6 4 1 Defining an input output for a certain function on keypad Connecting a certain input or output with a certain function parameter is done by giving the para meter an appropriate value The value is formed of the Board sloton the Vacon NX control board see the product s user s manual and the respective signal number see below Terminal type Example You want to connect the digital output function Reference fault warning parameter 2 3 3 7 to the digital output DO1 on the basic board OPT A1 see the product s user s manual First find the parameter 2 3 3 7 on the keypad Press the Menu button right once to enter the edit mode On the value line you will see the terminal type on the left DigIN DigOUT An IN An OUT and on the right the present input output the function is connected to B 3 A 2 etc or if not con nected a value 0 When the value is blinking hold down the Browser button up or downto find the desired board slot and signal number The program will scroll the board slots starting from O and proceeding from A to E and the 1 0 selection from 1 to 10 Once you have set the desired value press the Enter button once to confirm the change VE L ID P2310 P2331 0D P2331 A AI Ref Faul Warn DigOUT B 1 Al Ref Faul Warn AI Ref Faul Warn DigOUT 0 0 DigOUT 0 0 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 20
168. ion of a start command and preset speeds 1D1239 and ID1240 with a ramp time 1D533 If you use the inching function the input value must be TRUE set by a digital signal or by setting the value of the parameter to 0 2 The parameter is available for NXP drives only Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 175 600 Motor control mode 234567 2 6 1 Applic Do use ayer Not used NE NA Table 8 13 Selections for motor control mode in different applications Selections O Frequency control Drive frequency reference is set to output frequency without slip compensation Motor actual speed is finally defined by motor load 1 Speed control Drive frequency reference is set to motor speed reference The motor speed is remains the same regardless of motor load Slip is compensated 2 Torque control Speed reference is used as maximum speed limit and the motor produces torque within speed limit to achieve torque reference 3 Speed crtl closed loop Drive frequency reference is set to motor speed reference The motor speed remains the same regardless of motor load In Closed Loop control mode speed feedback signal is used to achieve optimum speed accuracy 4 Torque crtl closed loop Speed reference is used as the maximum speed limit that depends on the torque speed limit CL ID1278 and motor produces torque within speed limit to achieve torque reference In Closed Loo
169. iption V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor control V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque 4 Calculated shaft torque V1 6 Motor power 5 Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC link voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature Se 8 Heatsink temperature V1 10 Motor temperature 9 Calculated motor temperature V1 1 Analogue input 1 V mA 13 All input value V1 12 Analogue input 2 V mA 14 Al2 input value V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 14 DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 16 Digital input statuses V1 15 Analogue lout mA 26 A01 V1 16 Analogue input 3 V mA 27 Al3 input value V1 17 Analogue input 4 V mA 28 Al4 input value V1 18 PID Reference 20 In of the max frequency V1 19 PID Actual value 21 In of the max actual value V1 20 PID Error value 22 In of the max error value V1 21 PID Output 23 In of the max output value V1 22 Running auxiliary drives 30 Number of running auxiliary drives V1 23 Special display for actual value 29 See parameters 2 9 29 to 2 9 31 V1 24 PT 100 temperature co 42 A temperature of used PT100 G1 25 Multimonitoring items Displays 3 selectable monitor values Table 7 2 Monitoring values 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 106 VACON PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION 7 5 2 Basic parameters Control keypad Menu
170. is in run state If you are application programmer check the application program Check the current loop circuitry 224 VACON FAULT TRACING Fault Possible cause External fault Digital input fault The connection between the control keypad or NCDrive and the frequency converter is broken The data connection between the fieldbus Master and the fieldbus board is broken Keypad communication fault Fieldbus fault Slot fault Defective option board or slot PT100 board temp fault Temperature limit values set for the PT100 board parameters have been exceeded Identification Identification run has failed Correcting measures Remove fault situation on external device Check keypad connection and possible keypad cable Check installation If installation is correct contact the nearest Vacon distributor Check board and slot Contact the nearest Vacon distributor Find the cause of temperature rise Run command was removed before completion of identification run Motor is not connected to frequency converter There is load on motor shaft Brake Actual status of the brake is different Check mechanical brake state and from the control signal connections Follower communication Cooling SystemBus or CAN communication is broken between Master and Follower Coolant circulation on liquid cooled drive has failed Speed error Motor speed is unequal to reference Run disable Emergency stop
171. is parameter gives value for the minimum torque allowed with zero frequency See Figure 8 52 If you change the value of parameter D113 Motor nominal current this parameter is automatically restored to the default value See chapter 9 5 Underload time 234567 2 7 20 This time can be set between 2 0 and 600 0 s This is the maximum time allowed for an underload state to exist An internal up down counter counts the accumulated underload time If the underload counter value goes above this limit the protection will cause a trip according to parameter D713 If the drive is stopped the underload counter is reset to zero See Figure 8 53 and chapter 9 5 A Underload time counter Trip area Par ID716 Trip warnin par ID713 Time gt Nou LI TD No underl NX12k66 Figure 8 53 Underload time counter function Automatic restart Wait time 234567 28 1 Defines the time before the frequency converter tries to automatically reset the fault Automatic restart Trial time 234567 2 8 2 The Automatic restart function keeps trying to reset the faults appearing during the time set with this parameter If the number of faults during the trial time exceed the value of the respective parameter set with ID720 to ID725 a permanent fault is generated 188 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 719 720 Wait time Wait time Wai
172. k 0 No gg tant i Sani p 2 High limit supervision value External brake Off 100 0 s 0 5 352 delay External brake On 100 0 delay Frequency converter 0 No temperature limit 354 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit Frequency converter temperature limit 10 100 C 40 355 value Analogue output 2 0 1 E10 0 1 471 TTF programming method signal selection used See page 66 function d eq aig 10 00 s 1 00 473 0 No filtering filter time Analogue output 2 0 Not inverted R s 1 474 inversion 1 Inverted Analogue output 2 1 475 0 0 mA 0 V minimum 1 4 mA 2 V scaling Table 4 5 Output signals G2 3 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 0 45 4 4 5 Drive control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 4 Parameter O Linear 0 F CC 61 E to 5 K ET E O E 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper Brake chopper 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no testing 0 Ramp Start function 2 505 1 Flying start 2 Conditional flying start 0 Coasting 1 Ramp stop function 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable ramp DC braking current 0 00 eel ees JR DC braking time EN 00 Pe 508 o 0 DC brake is off at stop brake is off at 0 DC brake is off at stop at stop Frequency to start DC braking during 10 00 ramp stop DC braking time 600 00 a 516 0 DC brake is off at start DC brake is off
173. keypad Menu M3 The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the product s user s manual Parameter Default 1 1 0 terminal Control place 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus Keypadreference P211 P212 Hz T s 0 Forward PiDreferencet 000 10000 000 167 o PlDreference2 000 10000 000 168 0 Limited function of Stop button E ni 1 Stop button always enabled Table 7 21 Keypad control parameters M3 7 5 12 System menu Control keypad M6 For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter such as application and language selection customised parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see the product s user s manual 7 5 13 Expander boards Control keypad Menu M7 The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board related information For more information see the product s user s manual Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 121 8 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS On the following pages you will find the parameter descriptions arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter A shaded parameter ID number e g 478 Motor potentiometer UP indicates that the 77F programming method shall be applied to this parameter see chapter 6 4 Some parameter names are fo
174. l Par Function Limit Description value Actual value signal Par ID1018 30 Actual value signal Par ID1018 60 Actual value signal reference 50 Par ID1018 60 limit 60 reference 30 Actual value signal Par ID1018 140 limit 140 reference 70 eference 50 time Figure 8 58 Selectable wake up functions 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 198 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 1020 PID controller bypass 7 2 9 16 With this parameter the PID controller can be programmed to be bypassed Then the frequency of the controlled drive and the starting points of the auxiliary drives are defined according to the actual value signal See Figure 8 59 Output freq Max freq par ID102 Start freq of the aux drive 2 Start freq of the aux drive 1 par D1004 par ID1002 Mini i Sioni S Stop freq of the aux inimum freq op freq of the aux drive 2 par ID1005 par ID101 P drive 1 par ID1003 p Actual value i Maximum of the Minimum of the actual value actual value start Start stop control of the freq converter stod start Auxiliary drive 1 stop start Auxiliary drive ne TTT Figure 8 59 Example of variable speed drive and two auxiliary drives with bypassed PID controller 1021 Analogue input selection for input pressure measurement 7 2 9 17 1022 Input pressure high limit 7 2 9 18 1023 Input pressure lo
175. l Start Stop programmable Start Stop and DIN2 Q reverse logic Start reverse programmable i Reverse i 3 3 Keypad direction Fault reset input Internal fault reset gt 1 programmable NX12k03 fh8 Reference from fieldous Internal reverse DINSQ Figure 4 1 Control signal logic of the Multi step Speed Application Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 39 4 4 Multi step speed control application Parameter lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups Each parameter includes a link to the respective parameter description The parameter descriptions are given on pages 121 to 214 Column explanations Code Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Parameter Name of parameter Min Minimum value of parameter Max Maximum value of parameter Unit Unit of parameter value Given if available Default Value preset by factory Cust Customer s own setting ID ID number of the parameter In parameter row Use TTF method to program these parameters On parameter code Parameter value can only be changed after the frequency converter has been stopped 4 4 1 Monitoring values Control keypad menu M1 The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring valu
176. l range 160 00 00 16000 00 setting Al3 custom 160 00 160 00 maximum setting n o o e Table 7 7 Input signals Analogue input 3 Parameter Min Ald filter time oe om ar setting TTF programming See SE 6 4 0 0 20 mA 0 10 V 4 20 mA 2 10 V 2 Customised 0 Not inverted Inverted TTF programming See ee chapter 6 4 0 0 20 mA 0 10 V 4 20 mA 2 10 V 2 Customised setting Al4 inversion 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted Table 7 8 Input signals Analogue input 4 Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See the product s User s Manual 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 110 VACON PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION 7 5 3 6 Digital inputs Control keypad Menu M2 gt 622 4 Use TTF programming method for all these parameters See chapter 6 4 Code Parameter Min Default Cust ID Note P2261 Starthsignal 01 Al R 9 SS 2262 StartBsignal 01 Aa H P2763 Control place A B RE 425 Control place A oc selection Control place B cc P2 2 6 4 External fault cc 01 01 405 Ext fault F51 displayed cc P2 2 6 5 External fault oc 0 2 406 Ext fault F51 displayed oc P2 2 6 6 Run enable 0 2 407 Motor start enabled cc Acc Dec time Acc Dec time 1 oc P2268 Control from 1 0 01 409 Force control place to 1 0 terminal terminal cc P2 2 6 9 Control from keypad 0 1 mo es conira place te keypad cc
177. le Drive 1 Master 2 Follower 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 208 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 1209 1210 1213 1218 1239 1240 1241 1244 1248 1250 1252 Input switch acknowledgement 6 22752 Select the digital input to acknowledge the status of the input switch The input switch is normally a switch fuse unit or main contactor with which the power is fed to the drive If the input switch acknowledgement is missing the drive trips at nput switch open fault F64 The parameter is available for NXP drives only External brake acknowledgement 6 227 24 Connect this input signal to the auxiliary contact of the mechanical brake If the contact is not closed within given time the drive will generate a brake fault F58 The parameter is available for NXP drives only Emergency stop 6 2 2 7 30 Indication to the drive that the machine has been stopped by the external emergency stop circuit Select the digital input to activate the emergency stop input to the drive When the digital input is low the drive stops as per the parameter definition of D1276 Emergency stop mode and indicates the warning code A 3 The parameter is available for NXP drives only DC ready pulse 6 2 3 3 29 Charge DC Used to charge the inverter drive through an input switch When the DC link voltage is above the charging level a 2 second pulse train is generated to close the input
178. lection 34 2 220 2 2 17 Selection of input signal of a free analogue input an input not used for reference signal 0 Not in use 1 Analogue input 1 A11 2 Analogue input 2 Al2 150 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 362 Free analogue input function 34 2 2 21 2 2 18 This parameter is used for selecting a function for a free analogue input signal Torque limit 100 j Par ID107 O Function is not in use 1 Reduces motor current limit 1D107 This signal will adjust the maximum motor current between 0 and max limit set with ID107 See Figure 8 26 Analogue input ignal 10 V Signal range on A NX12K61 20 mA Custom Custom Figure 8 26 Scaling of max motor current 2 Reduces DC braking current DC braking current DC braking current can be reduced with the free analogue input signal between zero current and the current set with the parameter ID507 See Figure 8 27 100 Par ID507 Free analogue input L gt Signal range NX12K58 Figure 8 27 Reduction of DC braking current 3 Reduces acceleration and deceleration times Acceleration and deceleration times Tractor R can be reduced with the free analogue input signal according to the following formulas Reduced time set acc deceler time par ID103 1D104 ID502 1D503 divided by the factor R in Figure 8 28 Signal range NX12K59 Figure 8 28 Reduction of acceleration and dece
179. leration times Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON O 151 4 Reduces torque supervision limit Torque Alimit Set supervision limit can be reduced with the free analogue input signal 100 Par ID349 between 0 and set torque limit supervision value 1D349 see Figure 8 29 Figure 8 29 Reduction of torque supervision limit 363 Start Stop logic selection place B 3 22 15 O DIN4 closed contact start forward DIN5 closed contact start reverse A Output Stop function frequency ID506 coasting O NX12K09 Figure 8 30 Start forward Start reverse D The first selected direction has the highest priority When the DIN4 contact opens the direction of rotation starts the change If Start forward DIN4 and Start reverse DIN5 signals are active simultaneously the Start forward signal DIN4 has priority 1 DIN4 closed contact start open contact stop DIN5 closed contact reverse open contact forward See Figure 8 31 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 152 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS A Output Stop function frequency ID506 coasting NX12K10 Figure 8 31 Start Stop Reverse 2 DINA closed contact start open contact stop DIN5 closed contact start enabled open contact start disabled and drive stopped if running 3 3 wire connection pulse control DIN4 clo
180. ll active PID controller reference signal Place A 57 A Defines which frequency reference place is selected for the PID controller Applic 5 7 Sel 0 Analogue input 1 Analogue input 1 1 Analogue input 2 Analogue input 2 2 PID ref from menu M3 par P3 4 Al3 3 Fieldbus ref FBProcessDatalN1 Ad See chapter 9 6 4 Motor potentiometer reference PID ref from menu M3 par P3 4 5 Fieldbus ref FBProcessDatalN1 See chapter 9 6 6 Motor potentiometer reference Table 8 12 Selections for parameter ID332 PID controller actual value selection 57 2 28 22 1 8 This parameter selects the PID controller actual value O Actual value 1 Actual value 1 Actual value 2 Actual value 1 Actual value 2 Actual value 1 Actual value 2 Smaller one of Actual value 1 and Actual value 2 Greater one of Actual value 1 and Actual value 2 Mean value of Actual value 1 and Actual value 2 Square root of Actual value 1 Square root of Actual value 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 145 334 335 336 337 338 33 340 341 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com Actual value 1 selection 57 2 29 2 2 1 9 Actual value 2 selection 57 2 2 10 2 2 1 10 O Notused 1 All 2 Al2 3 AIS 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus Actual value 7 FBProcessDatalN2 Actual value 2 FBProcessDatalN3 See
181. llowed by a number code indicating the All in One applications in which the parameter is included If no code is shown the parameter Is available in all applications See below The parameter numbers under which the parameter appears in different applications are also given Basic Application 5 Standard Application 6 Local Remote Control Application 7 Multi Step Speed Control Application PID Control Application Multi Purpose Control Application Pump and Fan Control Application RK LA Nm 2 1 2 1 1 22 2 1 2 101 Minimum frequency 102 Maximum frequency Defines the frequency limits of the frequency converter The maximum value for these parameters is 320 Hz Minimum and maximum frequencies set limits to other frequency related parameters e g Preset Speed 1 1D105 Preset Speed 2 1D106 and 4 mA fault preset speed 1D728 103 Acceleration time 1 104 Deceleration time 7 2 3 2 1 3 2 4 2 1 4 These limits define the time required for the output frequency to increase from the zero frequency to the set maximum frequency par D102 105 Preset speed 7 106 Preset speed 2 1246 2 18 2 1 14 2 1 15 1246 2 19 2 1 15 2 1 16 These parameters can be used to determine frequency references that are applied when appropriate digital inputs are activated Parameter values are automatically limited to the maximum frequency ID102 Note the use of TTF programming method in the Multi purpose Control Application
182. ltage output Voltage for switches see 6 13 GND 1 0 ground Ground for reference and controls 14 DIN4 Place B Start forward Start signal for control place B Ri min 5kQ Frequency reference P2 2 5 15 DINS Jogging speed selection Contact closed Jogging speed active Programmable P2 2 3 16 DIN6 Control place A B selection Contact open Control place A is active Contact closed Control place B is active 17 CMB Common for DIN4 DIN6 Connect to GND or 24V 18 AO1 Analogue output 1 Range 0 20 mA R max 5000 19 A01 Output frequency Programmable P2 3 2 20 DO Digital output Open collector I lt 50mA U lt 48 VDC READY Programmable P2 3 7 OPT A2 21 ROT Relay output 1 22 RO1 as RUN 23 RO1 Programmable P2 3 8 24 RO2 Relay output 2 25 RO2 E FAULT 26 RO2 Programmable P2 3 9 Note See jumper selections below More information in the product s user s manual Table 5 1 PID application default 1 0 configuration with 2 wire transmitter Jumper block X3 CMA and CMB grounding CMB connected to GND CMA connected to GND oe DO 66 CMB isolated from GND 68 CMA isolated from GND CMB and CMA internally connected together isolated from GND sls Factory default Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 PID CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 6 51 5 3 Control signal logic in PID Control Application External fault programmable Jogging speed programmable
183. lue signal selection function filter time inversion minimum Analogue output 2 scaling Table 2 5 Output signals 62 3 320 00 10 00 1000 E 6 6 6 10 1 1 TTF programming method used See page 66 As parameter 2 3 2 0 No filtering 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted 0 0 mA 0 V 0 1 1 4 mA 2 V 10 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 STANDARD APPLICATION VACON 6 19 2 4 5 Drive control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 4 Parameter O Linear 0 L Linear e a e a 502 E E T epi EI 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper Brake chopper 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no testing 0 Ramp Start function 2 505 1 Flying start 2 Conditional flying start 0 Coasting 1 Ramp emp 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable Scene cae Fi DC braking time 600 00 oe 508 o DC brake is off at 0 DC brake is off at stop at stop Frequency to start DC braking during 10 00 ramp stop By braking time es 600 00 ac se 0 DC brake is off at start_ DC brake is off at start at start 0 0ff Flux braking current pm Table 2 6 Drive control parameters u 2 4 6 Prohibit frequency parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 5 Parameter Prohibit frequency range 1 low limit Prohibit frequency range 1 high limit Prohibit acc dec ramp Table 2 7 Prohibit frequency parameters G2 5 24 hour support 358 0
184. mA 2 Custom range 0 0 20 mA 0 10 V 1 4 20 mA 2 10 V 2 Custom range 1 4 20 mA 2 Customised 0 No filtering Motor potentiometer ramp time Motor potentiometer frequency reference memory reset Motor potentiometer PID reference memory reset PID minimum limit PID maximum limit Error value inversion 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 10 00 2000 0 Hz s 1600 0 P2 2 31 P2 2 30 1600 0 0 No reset 1 Reset if stopped or powered down 2 Reset if powered down 0 No reset 1 Reset if stopped or powered down 2 Reset if powered down 0 No inversion 1 Inversion 56 VACON PID CONTROL APPLICATION rising time PID reference 1000 0 falling time Reference scaling minimum raan place 320 00 aie scaling P2 2 36 maximum value 320 00 place B 0 Keep reference ST sr lage as tel 1 Copy actual reference P2 2 38 Al3signalselection 0 1 E 10 0 1 Te TIE preoremnimg meiner used See page 66 0 Signal range 0 10V G Rs o dor from 1 Signal range 2 10V P2 2 40 AI3 inversion 1 Tay O Notinverted 1 Inverted p2 2 41 Alsfiltertime 000 1000 s O10 142 O Nofiltering P2 2 42 Al4 signal selection 0 1 E 10 0 1 ia UE peene used See page 66 0 Signal range 0 10V pezas aiae O 1 I P2 2 44 Al4 inversion 1 jee ONotinverted 1 Inverted P2 2 45 Al4filtertime 0 00 10 00 s 010 153 0 No filtering poa Beet value
185. maximum scale het asl E a nee Pwo fap ramp time c 0 No reset Motor potentiometer 1 Reset if stopped or frequency reference 2 1 367 memory reset powered down 2 Reset if powered down Motor potentiometer NE S t d PID reference 2 370 a Le nad memory reset powered down 2 Reset if powered down B reference scale 320 00 Hz 344 0 Scaling off minimum gt 0 Scaled min value B reference scale 320 00 Hz 345 0 Scaling off maximum gt 0 Scaled max value Parameter i Default Al1 signal 0 1 A1 TTF programming selection See chapter 6 4 P2 2 2 2 All filter time 0 00 l ee ee 0 No filtering 0 0 10 V 0 20 mA Al1 signal range 320 1 2 10 V 4 20 mA 2 Customised minimum setting maximum setting P2 2 2 6 AI1 signal inversion 323 O Not inverted 1 Inverted Parameter TTF programming P2 2 3 2 Al filter time EE 10 00 RRF 0 No TEA 0 0 20 mA 0 10 V Al2 signal range 1 4 20 mA 2 10 V a Al2 custom minimum 160 00 160 00 00 160 00 00 setting setting Al2 inversion 1 328 Teen inventos 1 Inverted Table 7 6 Input signals Analogue input 2 Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See the product s User s Manual Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 109 7 5 3 4 Analogue input 3 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 4 Parameter AI3 signal E10 selection AI filter time a 10 00 AI3 custom minimum 140 0 AI3 signa
186. meters 2 9 28 Autochange frequency limit and 2 9 27 Maximum number of auxiliary drives Should the capacity exceed the value of P2 9 28 the autochange will not take place before the capacity goes below this limit e The time count is activated only if the Start Stop request is active at control place A e The time count is reset after the autochange has taken place or on removal of Start request at control place A 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 1006 VACON PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION Parameters 2 9 27 Maximum number of auxiliary drives and 2 9 28 Autochange frequency limit These parameters define the level below which the capacity used must remain so that the autochange can take place This level is defined as follows e fthe number of running auxiliary drives is smaller than the value of parameter 2 9 27 the autochange function can take place e fthe number of running auxiliary drives is equal to the value of parameter 2 9 27 and the frequency of the controlled drive is below the value of parameter 2 9 28 the autochange can take place e Ifthe value of parameter 2 9 28 is 0 0 Hz the autochange can take place only in rest position Stop and Sleep regardless of the value of parameter 2 9 27 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 6 101 7 4 2 Interlock selection P2 9 23 This parameter is used to activate the interlock inpu
187. mised Customised 10 4 10V Customised 3 Customised Table 8 11 Selections for parameter ID325 326 Analogue input Al2 custom setting min 34567 2 2 11 2 2 23 2 2 3 4 327 Analogue input A 2 custom setting max 34567 2212 2 2 24 2 2 3 5 These parameters set Al2 for any input signal span within 160 160 See ID321 A Output frequency ID304 ID325 Custom ID325 O Al2 0 100 ID303 71771 NX12K75 Figure 8 21 Analogue input Al scaling 328 Analogue input 2 inversion 3457 2 2 13 2 2 25 2 2 3 6 See 1D323 Note In application 3 Al2 is the place A frequency reference if parameter ID117 1 default 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 144 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 329 330 331 332 333 Analogue input 2 filter time 34567 2 2 14 2 2 26 2 2 3 2 See ID324 DINS function 5 2 2 3 The digital input DIN5 has 14 possible functions If it need not be used set the value of this parameter to 0 The selections are the same as in parameter ID319 except 13 Enable PID reference 2 Contact open PID controller reference selected with parameter 102227 Contact closed PID controller keypad reference 2 selected with parameter R3 5 Motor potentiometer ramp time 3567 2 2 22 2227 2 2 1 2 227 15 Defines the speed of change of the motor potentiometer reference value Hz s Motor control ramp times are sti
188. motors connected to the fre quency converter The autochange feature provides the capability of changing the starting order of the auxiliary drives Autochange between 2 drives main drive 1 auxiliary drive is set as default see chapter 7 4 1 e Allinputs and outputs are freely programmable Additional functions e Analogue input signal range selection Two frequency limit supervisions Torque limit supervision Reference limit supervision Second ramps and S shape ramp programming Programmable Start Stop and Reverse logic DC brake at start and stop Three prohibit frequency areas Programmable U f curve and switching frequency Autorestart Motor thermal and stall protection fully programmable off warning fault Motor underload protection Input and output phase supervision Sleep function The parameters of the Pump and Fan Control Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 96 VACON PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION 7 2 Control I O Reference potentiometer 1 10 KQ C E L E ea 2 wire transmitte 3 Actual 2 K a a a a A value 4 E a zt 6 ed l Programmable G2 2 6 OPT A1 Terminal Signal Description 1 10V or Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc
189. n met 164 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 454 455 456 457 External brake control inverted 67 2 33 15 2 3 1 15 External brake ON OFF control See chapter 9 1 for details Example RO1 on OPT A2 board Brake function ON Terminals 22 23 are open Relay not energized Brake function OFF Terminals 22 23 are closed Relay is energized When using the Master Follower function the follower drive will open the brake at the same time as the Master does even if the Follower s conditions for brake opening have not been met Output frequency limit 1 supervision 67 2 3 3 16 2 3 1 16 The output frequency goes outside the set supervision low limit high limit see parameters ID315 and ID316 Output frequency limit 2 supervision 67 2 3 3 17 231 17 The output frequency goes outside the set supervision low limit high limit see parameters ID346 and ID347 Reference limit supervision 67 23 3 18 23 1 18 Active reference goes beyond the set supervision low limit high limit see parameters 1D350 and ID351 Temperature limit supervision 67 733 19 ASI Frequency converter heatsink temperature goes beyond the set supervision limits see parameters ID354 and ID355 Torque limit supervision 67 2 3 3 20 2 31 20 The motor torque goes beyond the set supervision limits see parameters D348 and 1ID349 Thermistor fault or warning 67 23 3 21 23 1 21 Motor thermistor
190. ne Contact closed Reverse active contact is enough to set the direction to Jogging speed see par 1D124 Contact closed Jogging speed selected for frequency reference Fault reset Contact closed All faults reset Acceleration Deceleration prohibited Contact closed No acceleration or deceleration possible until the contact is opened DC braking command Contact closed In Stop mode the DC braking operates until the contact is opened See Figure 8 17 Motor potentiometer UP Contact closed Reference increases until the contact is opened A A Output Output frequency frequency t wef NX12K32 Figure 8 17 DC braking command selection 12 selected for DINZ Left Stop mode Ramp Right Stop mode Coasting 142 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 320 321 322 323 Al1 signal range 34567 2 2 4 2 2 16 2 2 2 3 Applic 3 4 5 6 7 Sel 0 0 100 0 100 0 100 1 4mA 20 100 4mA 20 100 4mA 20 100 2 Customised 10 10V Customised 3 Customised Table 8 10 Selections for parameter 1D320 For selection Customised see parameters D321 and ID322 A 1 custom setting minimum 34567 2 2 5 2 2 17 2 2 2 4 A 1 custom setting maximum 34567 2 2 6 2 2 18 2 2 2 5 These parameters set the analogue input 1 signal for any input signal span within 160 160 Example If signal input scaling is set to 40 80 the reference change
191. ng spd selected 11 At speed 12 Mot regulator active 13 Freq limit 1 superv 14 Freq limit 2 superv 15 Torque limit superv 16 Ref limit supervision 17 External brake control 18 1 0 control place act 19 FC temp limit superv 20 Reference inverted 21 Ext brake control inverted 22 Therm fault or warn 23 Al supervision 24 Fieldbus DIN 1 25 Fieldbus DIN 2 26 Fieldbus DIN 3 0 00 On delay not in use 0 00 Off delay not in use Note Digital output 2 signal selection function Digital output 2 on 320 00 E 491 delay Digital output 2 off 320 00 E 492 delay Table 6 14 Delayed digital output 2 parameters G2 3 2 0 1 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com TTF programming See chapter 6 4 Possible to invert with ID1084 NXP only See P2 3 1 2 0 00 On delay not in use 0 00 Off delay not in use 80 VACON MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION 6 6 5 3 Digital output signals Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 3 3 Use TTF programming method for all these parameters See chapter 6 4 Code Parameter Min Default Cust Note ID P2331 Ready 01 A1 432 ReadytoRun P2332 Run 01 Bt TTT P2333 Faut 01 B2 434 Driveinfaultstate P23 34 Invertedfaut 01 01 435 Drivenotinfaultstate P2335 Warning 01 01 436 Warningactive P2 3 3 6 External fault 01 01 437 Externalfaultactive P2337 Reference 0
192. nnect the motor from the frequency converter even when the Start command is active On re connecting the motor the drive will operate as described in selection 1 Stop function 2 4 7 Coasting 0 The motor coasts to a halt without any control from the frequency converter after the Stop command Ramp 1 After the Stop command the speed of the motor is decelerated according to the set deceleration parameters to zero speed If the regenerated energy is high it may be necessary to use an external braking resistor to stop within the set deceleration time Normal stop Ramp Run Enable stop coasting 2 After the Stop command the speed of the motor is decelerated according to the set deceleration parameters However when Run Enable is selected the motor coasts to a halt without any control from the frequency converter Normal stop Coasting Run Enable stop ramping 3 The motor coasts to a halt without any control from the frequency converter However when Run Enable signal is selected the speed of the motor is decelerated according to the set deceleration parameters If the regenerated energy is high it may be necessary to use an external braking resistor for faster deceleration DC braking current 234567 2 4 8 Defines the current injected into the motor during DC braking DC brake in stop state will only use a tenth of this parameter value This parameter is used together with par D516 to decrease the time before the mot
193. nverter directly to the mains or place them to off state The interlock feedback functions are connected to the digital inputs of the frequency converter Program parameters D426 to ID430 to connect the feedback functions to the digital inputs Each drive must be connected to its own interlock input The Pump and fan control controls only those motors whose interlock input is active O Interlock feedback not used The frequency converter receives no interlock feedback from the drives 1 Update of autochange order in Stop The frequency converter receives interlock feedback from the drives In case one of the drives is for some reason disconnected from the system and eventually re connected it will be placed last in the autochange line without stopping the system However if the autochange order now becomes for example P1 gt P3 gt P4 gt P2 it will be updated in the next Stop autochange sleep stop etc Example P1 gt P3 gt P4 gt P2 LOCKED gt P1 gt P3 gt P4 gt P2 gt SLEEP gt P1 gt P2 gt P3 gt P4 2 Update of order immediately The frequency converter receives interlock feedback from the drives At re connection of a drive to the autochange line the automatics will stop all motors immediately and re start with a new set up Example P1 gt P2 gt P4 gt P3 LOCKED gt STOP gt P1 gt P2 gt P3 gt P4 Actual value special display minimum 57 2 2 46 2 9 29 Actual value special
194. o D506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting 1083 Follower torque reference selection 6 2 11 4 Select the torque reference for the follower drive 1084 Control options 6 2 4 22 The parameter is available for NXP drives only b0 Disables encoder fault b1 Update Ramp Generator when MotorControlMode changes from TC 4 to SC 3 b2 RampUp use acceleration ramp for Closed Loop torque control b3 RampDown use deceleration ramp for Closed Loop torque control b4 FollowActual follow actual speed value within WindowPos NegWidth for closed loop torque control b5 TC ForceRampStop Under stop request the speed limit forces the motor to stop b Reserved b7 Disables switching frequency decrease b8 Disable parameter Run state parameter lock b9 Reserved b10 Invert delayed digital output 1 b11 Invert delayed digital output 2 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 206 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 1085 1087 1088 1089 1090 1092 Brake On Off current limit 6 2 3 4 16 If motor current falls below this value the brake is closed immediately This parameter is available for NXP drives only Scaling of generating torque limit 6 2 2 6 6 O Parameter 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 Al3 4 Al4 5 FB limit scaling This signal will adjust the maximum motor generating torque between 0 and max limit set with parameter D1288 Analogue input level zero means zero generat
195. ogrammable DIN1 Programmable Start Stop and reverse logic A Start Stop Start reverse programmable DIN2 al Start forward DIN4 programmable Programmable Reverse iene Star Stop S reverse logic DIN5 programmable 3 3 Keypad direction Internal Start Stop Internal reverse E Internal fault reset gt 1 DIN3 Q Fault reset input programmable NX12k05 fh8 Figure 3 1 Control signal logic of the Local Remote Control Application 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vacon dvacon com 266 VACON LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION 3 4 Local Remote control application Parameter lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups Each parameter includes a link to the respective parameter description The parameter descriptions are given on pages 121 to 214 Column explanations Code Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Parameter Name of parameter Min Minimum value of parameter Max Maximum value of parameter Unit Unit of parameter value Given if available Default Value preset by factory Cust Customer s own settings ID ID number of the parameter m In parameter row Use TTF method to program these parameters On parameter number Parameter value can only be changed after the frequency converter has been stopped 3
196. ol mode only Torque limit control gain 6 2 10 2 This parameter determines the gain of the torque limit controller It is used in Open Loop control mode only CL Magnetizing current 6 2 6 23 1 Set here the motor magnetizing current no load current In NXP the values of the U f parameters are identified according to the magnetizing current if given before identification See chapter 9 2 CL Speed control P gain 6 2 6 23 2 Gain for the speed controller in closed loop motor control mode given in per Hz Gain value 100 means that nominal torque reference is produced at the speed controller output for a frequency error of 1Hz See chapter 9 2 CL Speed control time 6 2 6 23 3 Sets the integral time constant for the speed controller See chapter 9 2 SpeedControl Output k SPC OUT Kk 1 SPC Kp Speed Error k Speed Error k 1 Ki Speed error k where Ki SPC Kp Ts SPC Ti 178 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 CL Zero speed time at start 6 2 6 23 9 After giving the start command the drive will remain at zero speed for the time defined by this parameter The speed will be released to follow the set frequency speed reference after this time has elapsed from the instant where the command is given See chapter 9 2 CL Zero speed time at stop 6 2 6 23 10 The drive will remain at zero speed with controllers active for the time defined by this
197. on The parameters of the PID Control Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 50 VACON PID CONTROL APPLICATION 5 2 Control I O Reference potentiometer 1 10 KQ P l 2 wire I transmitter E Actual L value aaa d T L L LLC l l mr mr m d Le eee oe l I nd RE ee l a Aa I ms r OPT A1 Terminal Signal Description 1 10V ef Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc 2 Al1 Analogue input 1 Analogue input 1 PID reference Voltage range 0 10V DC Programmable P2 1 11 3 Al1 1 0 Ground Ground for reference and controls 4 Al2 Analogue input 2 Analogue input 2 PID actual value 1 5 Al2 Current range 0O 20mA Programmable P2 2 9 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1A 7 GND 1 0 ground Ground for reference and controls 8 DIN1 Place A Start forward Start signal for control place A R min 5kQ PID Controller 9 DIN2 External fault input Contact closed fault Programmable P2 2 1 Contact open no fault 10 DIN3 Fault reset Contact closed fault reset Programmable P2 2 2 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V 12 24V Control vo
198. ontact closed Place B is active 17 CMB Common for DIN4 DIN6 Connect to GND or 24V 18 AO1 Analogue output 1 Range 0 20 mA R max 500Q 19 A01 Output frequency Programmable P2 3 2 20 DO Digital output Open collector I lt 50mA U lt 48 VDC READY Programmable P2 3 7 OPT A2 21 ROT Relay output 1 22 RO z RUN 23 RO1 Programmable P2 3 8 24 RO2 Relay output 2 25 RO2 E FAULT 26 RO2 Programmable P2 3 9 Table 3 1 Local Remote control application default I O configuration Note See jumper selections below More information in the product s User s Manual Jumper block X3 CMA and CMB grounding CMB connected to GND CMA connected to GND 66 CMB isolated from GND eg CMA isolated from GND CMB and CMA internally connected together isolated from GND RE Factory default Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 6 25 3 3 Control signal logic in Local Remote Application 2 1 15 Jogging speed ref 2 1 14 Fieldbus Ctrl reference lt 2 1 13 Keypad Ctrl reference 2 1 12 I O B reference 2 1 11 I O A reference AN Al2 C2 Ce G W potentiometer Internal U f U 1 I U f 1 1 f 1 1 1 1 f 1 U frequency ref SE lt 4 Start Stop buttons Reset button Reference from fieldbus Start Stop from fieldbus Direction from fieldbus Start forward pr
199. op button Sep huitan i 1 Stop button always enabled Table 5 11 Keypad control parameters M3 5 4 11 System menu Control keypad M For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter such as application and language selection customised parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see the product s user s manual 5 4 12 Expander boards Control keypad Menu M7 The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board related information For more information see the product s user s manual Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON O 63 6 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION Software codes ASFIFF06 NXS APFIFF06 NXP 6 1 Introduction Select the Multi purpose Control Application in menu M on page 56 2 Multi purpose control application provides a wide range of parameters for controlling motors It can be used for various kinds of different processes where wide flexibility of I O signals is needed and PID control is not necessary if you need PID control functions use the PID Control Application or Pump and Fan Control Application The frequency reference can be selected e g from the analogue inputs joystick control motor potentiometer and from a mathematical function of the analogue inputs There are parameters also for Fieldbus communication Multi step speeds and jogging sp
200. or function 7 Motor voltage 0 U motor 8 DC link volt 0 1000V 9 PID controller ref value 10 PID contr act value 1 11 PID contr act value 2 12 PID contr error value 13 PID controller output 14 PT100 temperature praga Analogue output 000 10 00 Ps 100 0 No filtering filter time P2334 Analogue output 1 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted Analogue output 0 0 mA 0 V scale pagaz Aegeon 400 00 100 00 oo offset Table 7 12 Output signals Analogue output 7 7 5 4 4 Analogue output 2 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 4 Parameter Default Analogue output 2 0 1 E10 0 1 TTF programming signal selection See chapter 6 4 function RS Surge 2 10 00 s 1 00 473 0 No filtering filter time Analogue output 2 0 Not inverted l 1 474 inversion 1 Inverted Analogue output 2 1 475 0 0 mA 0 V minimum 1 4 mA 2 V scale PSOE CRIE igg00 10000 477 offset Table 7 13 Output signals Analogue output 7 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 114 VACON PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION Parameter Default Analogue output 3 0 1 E10 0 1 TTF programming signal selection See chapter 6 4 function filter time Analogue output 3 0 Not inverted 1 481 inversion 1 Inverted Analogue output 3 1 482 0 0 mA 0 V minimum 1 4 mA 2 V scale Analogue output3 100 00 100 00 484 offset Table 7 14 Output signals Analogue output 3 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fa
201. or is able to produce maximum torque at start up Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 0 171 508 DC braking time at stop 234567 2 4 9 Determines if braking is ON or OFF and the braking time of the DC brake when the motor is stopping The function of the DC brake depends on the stop function parameter ID506 0 DC brake is not used gt 0 DC brake is in use and its function depends on the Stop function param 1D506 The DC braking time is determined with this parameter Par ID506 0 Stop function Coasting After the stop command the motor coasts to a stop without control of the frequency converter With DC injection the motor can be electrically stopped in the shortest possible time without using an optional external braking resistor The braking time is scaled according to the frequency when the DC braking starts If the frequency is gt the nominal frequency of the motor the set value of parameter ID508 determines the braking time When the frequency is lt 10 of the nominal the braking time is 10 of the set value of parameter ID508 Output frequency N Motor speed N N S Output frequency Motor speed DC braking ON T o DD t E DC braking ON t 1 x Par ID508 c L gt t 0 1 x Par ID508 T RUN STOP NX12K21 Figure 8 44 DC braking time when Stop mode Coasting Par ID506 1 Stop function Ramp After the S
202. or torque limit This parameter is available for NXP drives only Scaling of generating power limit 6 2 2 6 8 Parameter AM Al2 Al3 Al4 FB limit scaling oR WON This signal will adjust the maximum motor generating power between 0 and max limit set with parameter D1290 This parameter is available for Closed Loop control mode only Analogue input level zero means zero generator power limit Follower stop function 6 2 11 2 Defines how the follower drive stops when selected follower reference is not Master s ramp par D1081 selection 18 O Coasting follower remains in control even if master has stopped at fault 1 Ramping follower remains in control even if master has stopped at fault 2 As master follower behaves as master Reset encoder counter 6 22729 Resets the monitoring values Shaft Angle and Shaft Rounds to zero See page 71 The parameter is available for NXP drives only Master Follower mode 2 6 227351 Select the digital input to activate the second Master Follower mode selected by parameter ID1093 The parameter is available for NXP drives only Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 207 1093 Master Follower mode 2 selection 6 2 11 7 Select Master Follower mode 2 that is used when the Dl is activated When Follower is selected the Run Request command is monitored from Master and all other references are selectable by parameters 0 Sing
203. orward DIN2 closed contact reference increases motor potentiometer reference this parameter is automatically set to 4 if par ID117 is set to 4 Application 4 5 DIN1 closed contact start forward Rising edge required to start DIN2 closed contact start reverse Rising edge required to start 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 134 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 301 6 DIN1 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN2 closed contact reverse open contact forward 7 DIN1 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN2 closed contact start enabled open contact start disabled and drive stopped if running Application 3 8 DIN1 closed contact start forward Rising edge required to start DIN2 closed contact reference increases motor potentiometer reference DIN function 12345 2 17 2 2 2 O Notused 1 External fault closing contact Fault is shown and responded to according to ID701 2 External fault opening contact Fault is shown and responded to according to 1D701 when the input is not active 3 Runenable contact open Motor start disabled and the motor is stopped READY signal is set to FALSE contact closed Motor start enabled Application 1 4 Runenable contact open Motor start enabled contact closed Motor start disabled and the motor is stopped Applications 2 to 5 4 Acc
204. otor is used with the drive the accuracy of the torque calculation decreases kW the motor current measured by the drive can be much higher than the actual motor current due to capacitive currents in the motor cable Con NOTE If you use long motor cables max 100m together with small drives lt 1 5 sider this when setting up the motor stall protection functions 9 6 Fieldbus control parameters ID s 850 to 859 The Fieldbus control parameters are used when the frequency or the speed reference comes from the fieldbus Modbus Profibus DeviceNet etc With the Fieldbus Data Out Selection 1 8 you can monitor values from the fieldbus 9 6 1 Process Data OUT Slave gt Master The fieldbus master can read the frequency converter s actual values using process data variables Basic Standard Local Remote Multi Step PID control and Pump and fan control applications use process data as follows Data Process data OUT 1 Process data OUT 2 Motor Speed Process data OUT 3 Motor Current Process data OUT 4 Motor Torque Process data OUT 5 Motor Power Process data OUT 6 Motor Voltage Process data OUT 7 DC link voltage Process data OUT 8 Active Fault Code Table 9 1 Process Data OUT values The Multipurpose application has a selector parameter for every Process Data The monitoring values and drive parameters can be selected using the ID number Default selections are as in the table abov
205. our support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 646 VACON MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION 6 2 Control I O Reference potentiometer 1 10 KQ C ea L a en a emt dd p Ki Ra d ILN T rO a READY h ee U RUN aS OPT A1 Terminal Signal Description 1 10V ef Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc 2 AM Analogue input 1 Analogue input 1 frequency reference Voltage range 0 10V DC Programmable P2 1 11 3 AIT 1 0 Ground Ground for reference and controls 4 Al2 Analogue input 2 Analogue input 2 frequency reference 5 Al2 Current range 0O 20mA 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1A 7 GND 1 0 ground Ground for reference and controls 8 DIN1 Start forward Contact closed start forward Programmable logic P2 2 1 1 9 DIN2 Start reverse Contact closed start reverse Ri min 5kQ 10 DIN3 Fault reset Contact closed rising edge fault reset Programmable 62 2 7 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see 6 13 GND 1 0 ground Ground for reference and controls 14 DIN4 Jogging speed selection Contact open IO reference active Programmable G2 2 7 Contact closed Jogging speed active 15 DIN5 External fault Contact open no fault Programmabl
206. overcurrent protection is always working and protects the frequency converter from earth faults with high currents Motor thermal protection 234567 2 7 8 O No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to D506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Deactivating the protection i e setting parameter to 0 will reset the thermal stage of the motor to 0 See chapter 9 3 184 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 705 706 707 Motor thermal protection Motor ambient temp factor 294967 2 7 9 The factor can be set between 100 0 100 0 where 100 0 0 C 0 0 40 C 100 0 80 C See chapter 9 3 Motor thermal protection Motor cooling factor at zero speed 234567 2 7 10 Defines the cooling factor at zero speed in relation to the point where the motor is running at nominal speed without external cooling See Figure 8 48 The default value is set assuming that there is no external fan cooling the motor If an external fan is used this parameter can be set to 90 or even higher P cooling A If you change the parameter Nominal Overload area current of motor this parameter is 100 re I automatically restored to the default value Setting this parameter does not affect the maximum output current of the drive which is determined by para Par 1D706 40 meter D107 alone See chapter 9 3 gt The corner frequency for the thermal 0 Co
207. owledge mechanical brake P2 2 7 26 Enable inching 1 Enables Inching function Inching reference 1 Default P2 2 7 27 Inching reference 1 1 Forward 2 Hz See P2 4 16 This will start the drive Inching reference 2 Default P2 2 7 28 Inching reference 2 1 2 Forward 2 Hz See P2 4 17 This will start the drive Reset Shaft Rounds and Angle see Table 6 3 P2 2 7 30 Emergency stop al E Low signal activates EM See chapter 6 5 and P2 2 7 31 Master Follower mode 2 ASR A P2111 P2117 Input switch lt Low signal generates fault acknowledgement i F64 Table 6 12 Digital input signals 62 2 4 P2 2 7 29 Reset encoder counter P22 32 cc closing contact oc opening contact Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 79 6 6 5 Output signals 6 6 5 1 Delayed digital output 1 Keypad Menu M2 gt 62 3 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note TTF programming See P2 3 1 1 Digital output 1 0 1 E10 0 1 486 chapter 6 4 signal selection Digital output 1 function Digital output 1 on 320 00 a 487 delay Digital output 1 off 320 00 g 488 delay Table 6 13 Delayed digital output 1 parameters 62 3 1 6 6 9 2 Parameter Possible to invert with ID1084 NXP only 0 Not used 1 Ready 2 Run 3 Fault 4 Fault inverted 5 FC overheat warning 6 Ext fault or warning 7 Ref fault or warning 8 Warning 9 Reverse 10 Joggi
208. p control mode speed feedback signal is used to achieve optimum torque accuracy 607 Switching frequency 234567 2 6 9 Motor noise can be minimised using a high switching frequency Increasing the switching frequency reduces the capacity of the frequency converter unit It is recommended to use a lower frequency when the motor cable is long in order to minimize capacitive currents in the cable The range of this parameter depends on the size of the frequency converter Min kHz Max kHz Default kHz 0003 0061 NX_5 0072 0520 NX 5 0041 0062 NX 6 0144 0208 NX 6 Table 8 14 Size dependent switching frequencies 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 176 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 602 603 604 605 606 607 Note The actual switching frequency might be reduced down to 1 5kHz by thermal management functions This has to be considered when using sine wave filters or other output filters with a low resonance frequency See parameters D1084 and D655 Field weakening point 234567 2 6 4 The field weakening point is the output frequency at which the output voltage reaches the field weakening point voltage 1D603 Voltage at field weakening point 234567 2 6 5 Above the frequency at the field weakening point the output voltage remains at the set maximum value Below the frequency at the field weakening point the output voltage depends on the setting of the
209. parameter ID311 Figure 8 15 O Set minimum value to 0 mA 0 V 1 Set minimum value to 4 mA 2 V Analogue output scale 234567 2 3 6 2 3 5 6 2 3 3 6 Scaling factor for analogue output Use the given formula to calculate the values Signal Max value of the signal Output frequency Freq Reference Motor speed Output current Motor torque Motor power Motor voltage DC link voltage Pl ref value PI act value 1 PI act value 2 PI error value PI output Max frequency par ID102 Max frequency par ID102 Motor nom speed 1XNmyotor Motor nom current 1Xl motor Motor nom torque 1XT motor Motor nom power 1xP motor 100 x U 1000 V 100 x ref value max 100 x actual value max 100 x actual value max 100 x error value max 100 x output max nmotor Table 8 8 Analogue output scaling OutputSignal Analogue 4 outpui current 20 mA Max value of signal selected by 1D307 1 0 NX12K18 Figure 8 15 Analogue output scaling Signal Analog OutputScale 100 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 139 312 313 314 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com Digital output function 23456 Relay output 7 function 2345 Relay output 2 function 2345 Setting value 2 3 7 2 3 1 2 2 3 8 2 3 1 3 2 3 9 Signal content 0 Not used 1 Ready 2 Run 3 Fault
210. parameters 62 3 6 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 83 Parameter Default Analogue output 3 0 1 E10 0 1 TTF programming signal selection See chapter 6 2 and 6 4 function aller pede tani 10 00 s 1 00 480 0 No filtering filter time Analogue output 3 0 Not inverted f 1 481 inversion 1 Inverted Analogue output 3 1 482 0 0 mA 0 V minimum 1 4 mA 2 V scale Analogue output3 100 00 100 00 484 offset Table 6 19 Analogue output 3 parameters G2 3 7 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 84 VACON MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION 6 6 6 Drive control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 4 Code Parameter Unit Default Cust Note O Linear Hel near P2 4 3 Aeceleraton tme Do 3000 0 s ef E P2 4 4 3000 0 s 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper P2 4 5 Brake chopper 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no P2 4 6 Start function 2 505 1 Flying start 2 Conditional flying start 0 Coasting 1 Ramp RE Pi S 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable Scan P2 4 8 DCbrakingcurrent 0 4 0 7 x ly pagg De Brakinytime EEN 600 00 Est 0 DC brake is off at stop at stop Frequency to start P2 4 10 DC braking during 0 10 10 00 ramp stop Poa Pe een ane EEN 600 00 EE 0 DC brake is off at start at start 1 On P2 4 13 Flux braking current 0 NXP drives onl P2 4
211. parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring values cannot be edited See the product s User s Manual for more information 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Freguency reference Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor control V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque 4 Calculated shaft torque V1 6 Motor power 5 Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC link voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature V1 10 Motor temperature 9 Calculated motar temperature V1 11 Analogue input 1 V mA 13 All V1 12 Analogue input 2 V mA 14 AQ V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 14 DINA DIN5 DIN6 16 Digital input statuses v1 15 DO1 RO1 RO2 17 Digital and relay output statuses V1 16 Analogue lout mA 26 A01 Displays three M1 17 Multimonitoring items selectable monitoring values Table 1 2 Monitoring values 10 VACON Basic APPLICATION 1 4 2 Basic parameters Control keypad Menu M2 2 62 1 Parameter Max Unit Default Cust Note win frequency 000 22 m 00 tor SSS NOTE If fmax gt than the motor synchronous speed iaaii 320 00 30 00 check suitability for motor and drive system Accele
212. perature 0 No filtering 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted 0 0 mA 0 V 1 4 mA 2 V 0 Not used 1 Ready 2 Run 3 Fault 4 Fault inverted 5 FC overheat warning 6 Ext fault or warning 7 Ref fault or warning 8 Warning 9 Reversed 10 Preset speed 1 11 At speed 12 Mot regulator active 13 OP freq limit superv 1 14 OP freq limit superv 2 15 Torque limit superv 16 Ref limit supervision 17 External brake control 18 Control place IO 19 FC temp limit superv 20 Unrequested direction 21 Ext brake control inv 22 Thermistor fault warn 23 Fieldbus DIN1 As parameter 2 3 7 As parameter 2 3 7 0 No limit 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision 58 VACON PID CONTROL APPLICATION Output frequenc H mai Kiez 2 346 1 Low limit supervision limit 2 supervision S S 2 High limit supervision Output frequency limit 2 320 00 Supervised value 0 Not used 1 Low limit supervision ar High limit supervision Torque limit supervision supervision value Reference limit et tan pps 1 Low limit upervisi ERES supervision value External ES used ARE low tin P o limit FC temperature supervised value Analogue output 2 0 1 E10 0 1 471 Em programming method signal selection used See page 66 function DRS SHEO 10 00 s 1 00 473 0 No filtering filter time Analogue output 2 0 Not inverted 1 474 inversion 1 Inverted Analogue output 2 0 0 mA e 1 475 minimum 1 4 mA scaling Table 5 5 Output signals
213. port 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 30 VACON LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION 3 4 4 Output signals Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 3 Code Parameter Max Unit Default Cust l Note Min a D P2 31 A01 signal 0 1 E10 A1 Mel TTF programming method selection used See page 66 0 Not used 20 mA 10 V 1 Output freq 0 fnax 2 Freq reference 0 fmax 3 Motor speed 0 Motor pa 9 2 Analogue output 1 307 nominal speed function 4 Motor current 0 motor 5 Motor torque 0 T motor 6 Motor power 0 P motor 7 Motor voltage 0 U motor 8 DC link volt 0 1000V e ee 10 00 s 1 00 308 0 No filtering filter time P234 Analogue output 1 309 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted P235 Analogue output 1 310 0 0 mA minimum 1 4 mA scale 0 Not used 4 Fault inverted 5 FC overheat warning 6 Ext fault or warning 7 Ref fault or warning 8 Warning 9 Reversed 10 Jogging spd selected A 11 At speed P2 3 7 gc ra x 22 1 312 12 Mot regulator active ee 13 OP freq limit superv 1 14 OP freq limit superv 2 15 Torque limit superv 16 Ref limit superv 17 Ext brake control 18 Control place IO 19 FC temp limit superv 20 Unrequested rotation direction 21 Ext brake control inverted 22 Thermistor fault warn function function 0 No limit 315 1 Low limit supervision igh limit supervision Output frequency limit 1 supervision Output frequency P2 3 11 limit 1 320 00
214. r 0 P motor 7 Motor voltage 0 U motor Motor voltage 0 U motor Motor voltage 0 U motor 8 DC link volt 0 1000V DC Link volt 0 1000V DC link volt 0 1000V 9 PID controller ref value AI 10 PID contr act value 1 Al2 11 PID contr act value 2 Output freq lI fma 12 PID contr error value Motor torque 2 2xTumot 13 PID controller output Motor power 2 2xTmot 14 PT100 temperature PT100 temperature 15 FB analogue output ProcessData4 NXS Table 8 7 Parameter ID307 selections 308 Analogue output filter time 234567 2 3 3 2 3 5 3 2 3 3 3 Defines the filtering time of the analogue output signal Setting this parameter value 0 will deactivate filtering Unfiltered signal Figure 8 13 Analogue output filtering 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com t s a NX12K16 138 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 309 310 311 Analogue output inversion Inverts the analogue output signal Maximum output signal Minimum set value Minimum output signal Maximum set value See parameter ID311 below Analogue output minimum 234567 234567 2 3 4 2 3 5 4 2 3 3 4 Analog A output current 20 mA Max value of signal iselected with ID307 gt Figure 8 14 Analogue output invert 2 3 5 2 3 5 5 2 3 3 5 Defines the signal minimum to either 0 mA or 4 mA living zero Note the difference in analogue output scaling in
215. r Closed Loop control mode only 210 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 1316 1317 1324 1352 1355 to 1369 Brake fault response 6 2 7 28 Defines the action when a brake fault is detected 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to 10506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Brake fault delays 6 2 7 29 The delay before the brake fault F58 is activated Used when there is a mechanical delay in the brake See par 1D1210 Master Follower selection 6 2 11 1 Select Master Follower mode When the value Followeris selected the Run Request command is monitored from Master All other references are selectable by parameters 0 Single Drive 1 Master 2 Follower SystemBus fault delay 6 27 31 Defines the delays for the fault generation when heartbeat is missing Flux 10 150 6 2 6 25 1 2 6 25 15 Motor voltage corresponding to 10 150 of flux as a percentage of nominal flux voltage Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 211 1401 Stop state flux 6 2 6 23 24 The amount of flux as a percentage of the motor nominal flux maintained in the motor after the drive is stopped The flux is maintained for the time set by parameter ID1402 This parameter can be used in closed loop motor control mode only 1402 Flux off delay 6 2 6 23 23 The flux defined by parameter ID1401 is maintained in the
216. r R Acceleration and deceleration times can be reduced with the free analogue input signal according to the following formulas Reduced time set acc deceler time par D103 1D104 ID502 1D503 divided by the factor R from Figure 8 38 Free analogue Input S Analogue input level zero corre E sponds to ramp times set by para Signal range NX12K59 meters Maximum level means a tenth of value set by parameter Figure 8 38 Reducing of acceleration and deceleration times 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 160 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 Scaling of torque supervision limit 6 2 2 6 4 See ID399 Torque The set torque supervision Limit can be reduced with the free analogue 100 input signal between O and the set Par ID349 supervision limit D349 See Figure 8 39 NX12K60 Figure 8 39 Reducing torque supervision limit Start signal 7 6 pegam Signal selection 1 for the start stop Logic Default programming A 1 Start signal 2 6 2272 Signal selection 2 for the start stop logic Default programming A 2 External fault close 67 227 11 2 2 6 4 Contact closed Fault F51 is displayed and motor stopped External fault open 67 2 2 7 12 2 2 6 5 Contact open Fault F51 is displayed and motor stopped Run enable 67 2 2 7 3 2 2 6 6 Contact open Start of motor disabled Contact
217. r of tries after o overcurrent trip Number of tries after cal 4mA reference trip o Number of tries after P2 8 8 motor temperature fault trip P28 9 Number of tries after external fault trip Number of tries after Ke underload fault trip EM Table 6 27 Autorestart parameters 62 8 0 Ramp 719 1 Flying start 2 According to P2 4 6 ES Jae ee ET a ES o E E ER EE Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 6 91 6 6 11 Fieldbus parameters Control Keypad Menu M2 262 9 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust Note P2 9 1 F Fieldbus minseate ooo 32000 Hr 000 fen SSS P2 9 2 Fieldbusmaxscale 0 00 32000 Hz 000 esi P Brea dia Choose monitoring data P2 9 3 p S 10000 1 852 with parameter ID out 1 selection Def Output Frequency 3 Choose monitoring data P29 4 F gnas se 10000 2 853 with parameter ID Def Motor Speed s Choose monitoring data p29 5 mic aE ga 10000 45 854 with parameter ID Def Motor Current to FB s Choose monitoring data Fieldbus process data 10000 4 855 with parameter ID out 4 selection Def Motor Torque Choose monitoring data Biagi process Ama 10000 5 856 with parameter ID out 5 selection Def Motor Power s Choose monitoring data p29 8 F nr arar 10000 857 with parameter ID i Def Motor Voltage s Choose monitoring data p29 9 F o 10000 7 858 with parameter ID Def DC Link Voltage s Choose monitoring
218. ration time 1 01 30000 s 30 103 T dl pt TT Currentlimit 01x 2xly A 4 o7 o a iss NX2 Check the rating plate of Pin a 180 V NX5 400V the motor NX6 oT Nominal frequency 320 00 50 00 111 Check the rating plate of of the motor the motor Check the rating plate of Nominal speed of ine motor p 20 000 1440 1 The default applies for a 4 the motor pole motor and a nominal size frequency converter Nominal current of 0 1 xl 2x ly A ly 113 Check the rating plate of the motor the motor Check the rating plate of ee ee fea 0 Ramp Start function 1 Flying start 2 Conditional flying start 0 Coasting 1 Ramp ad 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable ramp P2 13 U optimisation optimisation 0 Not used 1 Automatic torque boost 0 Al1 1 Al2 P2 14 1 0 reference 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus Analogue input 2 0 0 20mA 0 Not used 1 Output freq O f 2 Freq reference 0 f 3 Motor speed 0 Motor Analogue output 1 307 nominal speed function 4 Output current 0 motor 5 Motor torque 0 T motor 6 Motor power O P motor 7 Motor voltage 0 U motor 8 DC link volt 0 1000V 0 Not used 1 Ext fault closing cont 2 Ext fault opening cont 3 Run enable cc DIN3 function 7 1 301 4 Run enable oc 5 Force cp to IO 6 Force cp to keypad 7 Force cp to fieldbus Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 BASIC APPLICATION VACON 6 11 Speeds p
219. reset by operator Preset speed 1 Preset speed 2 Speeds preset by operator 731 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Automatic restart Table 1 3 Basic parameters 62 1 1 4 3 Keypad control Control keypad Menu M3 The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the product s User s Manual 1 1 0 terminal Control place 125 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus Keypad reference i i Reverse request activated from the panel Direction on keypad 0 Limited function of Stop button oon 1 Stop button always enabled Table 1 4 Keypad control parameters M3 1 4 4 System menu Control keypad Menu M For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter such as application and language selection customised parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see the product s User s Manual 1 4 5 Expander boards Control keypad Menu M7 The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board related information For more information see the product s User s Manual 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 12 VACON STANDARD APPLICATION 2 STANDARD APPLICATION Software code ASFIFFO2 2 1 Introduction Select the Standard Application in menu M6 on page 6 2 The Standard Application is typically used in pump and fan applications and conveyors for wh
220. rive decreases speed to the set Stop frequency The auxiliary drive start order will be updated either immediately or in the next Stop autochange sleep stop etc according to P2 9 23 8 If still more power is needed the main drive speed rises up to the maximum frequency placing 100 of the output power in the system s disposal When the need of power decreases the auxiliary drives turn off in the opposite order 2 3 1 after the update 3 2 1 Pump and fan automatics with interlocks and autochange The above is also applicable if the autochange function is used In addition to the changed and updated start order also the change order of main drives depends on parameter 2 9 23 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 VACON 103 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION Aux drive 3 Aux drive 1 ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF control OFF Main drive output freq PID output Relay Aux A 5 Figure 7 4 Example of the function of the PFC application with three aux drives Interlock 3 EN Interlok 2 ENE ON Interlock 1 acr Interlocks Interlock 4 EN E o 4 c fa LJ Ke gt Cc G G LJ Ke gt o E Lu e o D cO 06 2 oo LO 3 L G 2 2 5 D 5 S 1 N 104 VACON PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION NX12k107 ds4 Oo p Ti e e DD dl Li L2 LY A d d d
221. rner freq f f protection is 70 of the motor nominal frequency 1D111 NX12k62 Figure 8 48 Motor thermal current curve Motor thermal protection Time constant 234567 2 7 11 This time can be set between 1 and 200 minutes This is the thermal time constant of the motor The bigger the motor the bigger the time constant The time constant is the time within which the calculated thermal stage has reached 63 of its final value The motor thermal time is specific to the motor design and it varies between different motor manufacturers The default value varies from size to size If the motor s t time t is the time in seconds the motor can safely operate at six times the rated current is known given by the motor manufacturer the time constant parameter can be set basing on it As a rule of thumb the motor thermal time constant in minutes equals to 2xt If the drive is in stop stage the time constant is internally increased to three times the set parameter value The cooling in the stop stage is based on convection and the time constant is increased See also Figure 8 49 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 185 708 Motor thermal protection Motor duty cycle 234567 2 7 12 The value can be set to 0 150 See chapter 9 3 Setting value to 130 means that the nominal temperature will be reached with 130 of motor nominal current Motor temperature
222. rning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting Response to P2 7 23 Resp to slot fault 3 2 734 See P2 7 21 P2 7 24 No of PT100 inputs 0 3 Response to PT100 P2 7 21 N _ o gt t w 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P2 7 25 fault P2 7 26 PT100 warning limit 200 0 P2 7 27 PT100 fault limit 200 0 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 90 VACON MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION 1 Warning 3 Fault stop by coasting 32000 s o2 ce 0 No response 1 Warnin 3 1092 Tene acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting an e T 700 s 200 751 Lare No response P2 7 33 Speed error mode 1 Warning oe 4 by coasting P2 734 Speed error maximum difference pa 735 Speed error fault 10 00 754 delay 1 Warning stop by P2 7 36 Safe disable mode 755 coasting 2 Fault stop by coasting NXP drives onl P2 7 28 Brake fault action P2 7 29 Brake fault delay P2 7 30 System bus fault P2 7 31 System bus fault delay P2 7 32 Cooling fault delay Table 6 26 Protections G2 7 6 6 10 Autorestart parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 8 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust Note P2 8 1 10 00 s ao RR S p2 8 2 Trialtime 0 00 60 00 s 3000 J mejp S P2 84 Number of tries lo undervoltage trip P2 8 5 Number of tries after overvoltage trip P28 4 Numbe
223. rse This command is active when Start signal 2 ID404 is used for other purposes 413 Jogging speed 67 22716 226 12 Contact closed Jogging speed selected for frequency reference See parameter ID124 Default programming A 4 414 Fault reset 67 227 10 226 13 Contact closed All faults are reset 415 Acceleration Deceleration prohibited 67 2 2 7 14 2 2 6 14 Contact closed No acceleration or deceleration possible until the contact is opened 416 DC braking 67 27 15 220 15 Contact closed In STOP mode the DC braking operates until the contact is opened See ID1080 417 Motor potentiometer DOWN 67 2278 226 16 Contact closed Motor potentiometer reference DECREASES until the contact is opened 418 Motor potentiometer UP 67 227922617 Contact closed Motor potentiometer reference INCREASES until the contact is opened 419 Preset speed 7 6 227 5 420 Preset speed 2 6 2276 421 Preset speed 3 6 2 2 7 7 Digital input selections for activating the preset speeds 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 162 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 AI1 Al2 selection 6 2 2 7 17 With value 14 selected for parameter ID117 this parameter allows you to select either All or Al2 signal for the frequency reference Start A signal 7 2 2 6 1 Start command from control place A Default programming
224. rted fault 67 23 3 4 2 3 1 4 No fault trip has occurred Warning 67 2 3 3 5 2 3 1 5 General warning signal External fault or warning 67 7 3 3 6 2 3 1 6 Fault or warning depending on par D701 Reference fault or warning 67 2 3 3 7 2 3 1 7 Fault or warning depending on parameter ID700 Drive overtemperature warning 67 2 3 3 8 2 3 1 8 The heatsink temperature exceeds the warning limit Reverse 67 23 3 9 23 1 9 The Reverse command has been selected Unrequested direction 67 2 3 3 10 2 3 1 10 Motor rotation direction is different from the requested one At speed 67 2 3 3 11 23 1 11 The output frequency has reached the set reference Hysteresis is equal to motor nominal slip with induction motors and to 1 00 Hz with PMS motors Jogging speed 67 2 3 3 12 23 1 12 Jogging speed selected I O control place active 67 2 3 3 13 23 1 13 I O terminal is the active contol place External brake control 67 233 14 231 14 External brake ON OFF control See chapter 9 1 for details Example RO1 on OPT A2 board Brake function ON Terminals 22 23 are closed relay is energized Brake function OFF Terminals 22 23 are open relay not energized Note When power from control board is removed terminals 22 23 open When using the Master Follower function the follower drive will open the brake at the same time as the Master does even if the Follower s conditions for brake opening have not bee
225. rth fault Current measurement has detected that Check motor cables and motor the sum of motor phase current is not zero insulation failure in cables or motor The charging switch is open when the Charging Reset the fault and restart switch START command has been given Should the fault re occur contact the faulty operation distributor near to you component failure 6 Emergency Stop signal has been given from the Check emergency stop circuit stop option board 7 Saturation trip Various causes Cannot be reset from the keypad defective component Switch off power brake resistor short circuit or DO NOT RE CONNECT POWER overload Contact factory If this fault appears simultaneously with Fault 1 check motor cables and motor 8 System fault component failure Reset the fault and restart faulty operation Should the fault re occur contact the Note exceptional fault data record distributor near to you S1 Reserved S2 Reserved S3 Reserved S4 Reserved S5 Reserved S6 Reserved S7 Charging switch S8 No power to driver card S9 Power unit communication TX S10 Power unit communication Trip S11 Power unit comm Measurement 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 222 VACON FAULT TRACING Possible cause Correcting measures Undervoltage DC link voltage is under the voltage limits In case of tempora
226. ry supply voltage defined break reset the fault and restart the most probable cause too low a supply frequency converter Check the supply voltage voltage If it is adequate an internal frequency converter internal fault failure has occurred defect input fuse Contact the distributor near to you external charge switch not closed Input line Input line phase is missing Check supply voltage fuses and cable supervision Subcode in T 14 S1 DC link too low during run S2 No data from power unit S3 Undervoltage control supervision supervision there is no current in one motor phase Brake chopper no brake resistor installed Check brake resistor and cabling supervision brake resistor is broken If the these are ok the chopper is faulty brake chopper failure Contact the distributor near to you 13 Frequency con Heatsink temperature is under 10 C verter under temperature 14 Frequency con Heatsink temperature is over 90 C or Check the correct amount and flow of verter over 77 C NX 6 FR6 cooling air temperature Check the heatsink for dust Overtemperature warning is issued when Check the ambient temperature the heatsink temperature exceeds 85 C Make sure that the switching frequency 72 C is not too high in relation to ambient temperature and motor load 15 Motor stalled Motor stall protection has tripped l Check motor and load 16 Motor over Motor overheatin
227. s 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Speed error maximum difference 6 2 7 34 The speed error refers to the difference between the speed reference and the encoder speed This parameter defines the limit when a fault is generated Speed error delay 6 27 35 Defines time before the speed error is considered as fault Safe disable mode 6 2 7 36 IMPORTANT See Vacon manual ud01066 for detailed information on the Safe Disable function This function is available only if the drive is equipped with Vacon option board OPT AF With this parameter it is possible to select whether the activated safe disable function is responded as fault or warning The safe disable input will stop the drive modulation regardless of this parameter value Safe disable active 6 2 3 3 30 Select the digital output to show the status of the Safe Disable Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 193 850 Fieldbus reference minimum scaling 6 2 9 1 851 Fieldbus reference maximum scaling 6 2 9 2 Use these two parameters to scale the fieldbus reference signal If ID850 ID851 custom scaling is not used and the minimum and maximum frequencies are used for scaling The scaling takes place as presented in Figure 8 10 See also chapter 9 6 Note Using this custom scaling function also affects the scaling of the actual value
228. s between minimum frequency ID101 and maximum frequency ID102 following a signal intensity of 8 16mA Al signal inversion 39457 22 2219 2226 If this parameter 0 no inversion output frequency of analogue input signal takes place Note In application 3 All is place B frequency reference if parameter ID131 0 default Mi 040 Al custom I ID322 100 NX12K71 Figure 8 18 A11 no signal inversion If this parameter 1 inversion of analogue s S Output input signal takes place frequency Max Al signal minimum frequency ref Min Al signal maximum frequency ref Ali 0 100 ID320 1 AI custom I termin 2 gt T T ID322 100 NX12K73 Figure 8 19 All signal inversion Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 143 324 A 1 signal filter time 34567 2 2 8 2 2 20 2 2 2 2 When this parameter Is given a value greater than 0 the function that filters out disturbances from the incoming analogue Signal is activated Unfiltered signal Long filtering time makes the regulation response slower See Figure 8 20 t s gt NX12K74 Figure 8 20 All signal filtering 325 Analogue input Al2 signal range 94567 2 2 10 2 2 22 2 2 3 3 Applic 3 4 5 6 7 Sel 0 0 20mA 0 20mA 0 100 0 100 1 4 20mA 4mA 20 100 4mA 20 100 4mA 20 100 2 Custo
229. s to all auxiliary drives This prevents unnecessary starts caused by momentary start limit exceedings See Figure 8 55 Stop delay of auxiliary drives 7 2 9 11 The frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter must remain below the stop limit of the auxiliary drive for the time defined with this parameter before the drive is stopped The delay defined applies to all auxiliary drives This prevents unnecessary stops caused by momentary falls below the stop limit See Figure 8 55 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 195 Output frequency Output frequency A Start delay of the aux drives par ID1010 E Frequency F i increase Start freq of aux drive 1 par ID1002 1 Hz Start freq of aux drive 1 during the par ID1002 1 Hz start delay Frequence alter starting the aux drive is par 1003 1 Hz Stop freq of aux rive par ID1003 1 Hz Frequency A Stop freq of aux drive 1 Eredueno alter starting d he aux drive1 lecrease during Stop delay of the aux par DADOS diria bar 1D1003 1 Hz Fmin the stop delay aC Sane par ID1011 y par ID101 Flow NX12k89 Figure 8 55 Example of parameter setting Variable speed drive and one auxiliary drive 1012 Reference step after start of auxiliary drive 7 7 2 9 12 1013 Reference step after start of auxiliary drive 2 7 2 9 13 1014 Reference step after start of auxiliary drive
230. sed contact start pulse DIN5 open contact stop pulse DIN3 can be programmed for reverse command See Figure 8 32 A Output Stop function If Start and Stop pulses are frequency ID506 simultaneous the Stop pulse Coasting overrides the Start pulse Figure 8 32 Start pulse Stop pulse The selections 4 to 6 shall be used to exclude the possibility of an unintentional start when for example power is connected re connected after a power failure after a fault reset after the drive is stopped by Run Enable Run Enable False or when the control place is changed The Start Stop contact must be opened before the motor can be started 4 DIN4 closed contact start forward Rising edge required to start DIN5 closed contact start reverse Rising edge required to start Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 153 364 365 366 367 370 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 5 DIN4 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN5 closed contact reverse open contact forward 6 DIN4 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN5 closed contact start enabled open contact start disabled and drive stopped if running Reference scaling minimum value place B 3 2 2 18 Reference scaling maximum value place B 3 2 2 19 See parameters ID303 and ID304 above E
231. special 30000 1033 display minimum pasa Peat value special 30000 100 1034 display maximum P2 2 48 Actual value special 1035 display decimals p3 3 49 Actual value special 1036 See page 204 display unit Table 5 4 Input signals 62 2 Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See the product s User s Manual Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 PID CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 57 5 4 4 Output signals Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 3 Code Parameter ax Unit EEE Sa ee ed 1 E 10 EEN 1 signal selection Analogue output FZ function filter time inversion minimum Analogue output P2 3 6 10 1000 100 scale l l l T function function function piano pa eaten 2 limit 1 supervision Output frequency P2 3 11 limit 1 320 00 Hz Supervised value 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com Cust 464 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 Note TTF programming method used See page 66 0 Not used 1 Output freq 0 fmax 2 Freq reference 0 f 3 Motor speed 0 Motor nominal speed 4 Motor current 0 1 motor 5 Motor torque 0 T motor 6 Motor power 0 P motor 7 Motor voltage 0 U motor 8 DC link volt 0 1000V 9 PID controller ref value 10 PID contr act value 1 11 PID contr act value 2 12 PID contr error value 13 PID controller output 14 PT100 tem
232. switch The pulse train is OFF when the input switch acknowledgement goes high The parameter is available for NXP drives only Inching reference 1 6 2 4 16 Inching reference 2 6 2 4 17 These parameters define the frequency reference when inching Is activated The parameter is available for NXP drives only Speed share 6 2 11 5 Defines the percentage for final speed reference from received speed reference Torque reference filtering time 6 2 10 10 Defines the filtering time for the torque reference Load share 6 2 11 6 Defines the percentage for final torque reference from received torque reference Flux reference 6 2 6 23 32 Defines how much magnetization current will be used Speed step 6 2 6 25 24 NCDrive parameter to help adjusting the speed controller See closer NCDrive Tools Step response With this tool you can give a step value to speed reference after ramp control Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 209 1253 1257 1276 1278 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com Torque step 6 2 6 25 25 NCDrive parameter to help adjusting the torque controller See closer NCDrive Tools Step response With this tool you can give step to torque reference Inching ramp 6 2 4 18 This parameter defines the acceleration and deceleration times when inching is active The param
233. t 0 No response Response to 1 Warning aca thermistor fault 7 2 nos 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting Response to Table 2 9 Protections G2 7 P2 7 1 alo o 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vacon dvacon com 22 VACON STANDARD APPLICATION 2 4 9 Autorestart parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 8 Parameter 8 ame fon mo os o ns ma SE P28 2 Trialtime 000 4000 s 3000 7s Lar Ramp Start function 1 Flying start ES According to P2 4 6 undervoltage trip ENE B C overvoltage trip R Ever current trip peer Tt 4mA reference trip Number of tries after motor temperature fault trip rege epee external fault trip Number of tries after eats tet tet O Table 2 10 Autorestart parameters 62 8 2 4 10 Keypad control Control keypad Menu M3 The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the product s User s Manual Parameter 1 1 0 terminal Control place 2 Keypad S Fieldbus ae Oe Lar 0 Limited function of Stop button iall 1 Stop button always enabled Table 2 11 Keypad control parameters M3 24 11 System menu Control keypad M For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter such as application and language selection customised parameter sets or information about the hardware and softwar
234. t high limit see parameter ID s 346 and 347 below 15 Thermistor fault or warning AppL 2 15 Torque limit supervision Appl 3456 16 Fieldbus DIN1 Application 2 16 Reference limit supervision 17 External brake control Appl 3456 18 Control from 1 0 terminals Appl 3456 19 Frequency converter temperature limit supervision Appl 3456 20 Unrequested rotation direction Appl 345 20 Reference inverted Appl 6 21 External brake control inverted Appl 3456 22 Thermistor fault or warning Appl 3456 The thermistor input of option board indicates motor overtemperature Fault or warning depending on par ID732 The motor torque goes beyond the set supervision low limit high limit par D348 and 1D349 Fieldbus digital input 1 See fieldbus manual Active reference goes beyond the set supervision low limit high limit par ID350 and 1D351 External brake ON OFF control with programmable delay par ID352 and ID353 External control mode Menu M3 10125 Frequency converter heatsink temperature goes beyond the set supervision limits par D354 and 1D355 Rotation direction is different from the requested one External brake ON OFF control par D352 and 1D353 Output active when brake control is OFF The thermistor input of option board indicates motor overtemperature Fault or warning depending on parameter D732 140 VACON DESCR
235. t speed A Output frequency ID515 7 t t DIN3 DIN3 L RUN STOP NX12K83 STOP NX12K83 a DIN3 as DC brake command input and stop mode b DINS as DC brake command input and stop mode Ramp Coasting Figure 8 9 DIN3 as DC brake command input a Stop mode Ramp b Stop mode coasting 302 Analogue input 2 reference offset 12 275 22 2 O No offset O 20mA 1 Offset 4 mA living zero provides supervision of zero level signal In Standard Application the response to reference fault can be programmed with parameter 1D700 303 Reference scaling minimum value 2346 2 2 4 2 2 16 2 2 2 6 304 Reference scaling maximum value 2346 2 2 5 2 2 17 2 2 2 7 Additional reference scaling If both parameter ID303 and parameter ID304 0 scaling is set off The minimum and maximum frequencies are used for scaling NOTE This scaling does not affect the fieldbus reference scaled between Minimum frequency par D101 and Maximum frequency par ID102 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 136 9 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 305 306 A Output frequency Max freq ID102 L Min freq ID101 0 Figure 8 10 Left Reference scaling Reference inversion 2 Inverts reference signal Max input signal Min freq reference Min input signal Max freq reference O No inversion 1 Reference inverted Reference filter time 2 F
236. t time Par ID717 Par ID717 Par ID717 Fault trigger Warning Restart 1 Restart 2 Autoreset I ae i gt Trial time l Trial time E Par ID718 Fault active Autoreset function Trials 2 NX12k67 Figure 8 54 Example of Automatic restarts with two restarts Parameters ID720 to ID725 determine the maximum number of automatic restarts during the trial time set by parameter ID718 The time count starts from the first autoreset If the number of faults occurring during the trial time exceeds the values of parameters D720 to D725 the fault state becomes active Otherwise the fault is cleared after the trial time has elapsed and the next fault start the trial time count again If a single fault remains during the trial time a fault state is true Automatic restart Start function 234567 2 8 3 The Start function for Automatic restart is selected with this parameter The parameter defines the start mode 0 Start with ramp 1 Flying start 2 Start according to ID505 Automatic restart Number of tries after undervoltage fault trip 234567 2 8 4 This parameter determines how many automatic restarts can be made during the trial time set by parameter D718 after and undervoltage trip 0 No automatic restart gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after undervoltage fault The fault is reset and the drive is started automatically after the DC link voltage has returned to the normal Level Tel 358 0 201
237. tart and when running at low frequencies Automatic torque boost can be used in applications where starting torque due to starting friction is high e g in conveyors EXAMPLE What changes are required to start with high torque from 0 Hz First set the motor nominal values Parameter group 2 1 Option 1 Automatic functions Step 1 Make identification run ID631 P2 6 16 Step 2 Activate this parameter by setting value 1 Option 2 Manual tuning Use programmable U f curve by giving the parameter 2 6 3 ID108 value 2 To get torque you need to set the zero point voltage ID606 and midpoint voltage frequency 1D604 and ID605 so that the motor takes one third of nominal current at low frequencies Use higher current if more torque Is needed First set par D108 to Programmable U f curve value 2 Increase zero point voltage to get enough current at zero speed Set then the midpoint voltage D605 to 1 4142 ID606 and midpoint frequency ID604 to value 1D606 100 1ID111 NOTE 10 high torque low speed applications it is likely that the motor will overheat If the motor has to run a prolonged time under these condi tions special attention must be paid to cooling the motor Use external cooling for the motor if the temperature tends to rise too high 110 Nominal voltage of the motor 2 6 2 1 6 Find this value U on the rating plate of the motor This parameter sets the voltage at the field weakening point 1D603 to 100
238. this limit the protection will cause a trip see ID709 See chapter 9 4 Trip area Stall eae No stall LJ NX12k64 Figure 8 51 Stall time count 712 Stall frequency limit 234567 2 7 16 The frequency can be set between 1 f ID 102 For a Stall state to occur the output frequency must have remained below this limit for a certain time See chapter 9 4 713 Underload protection 234567 2 7 17 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to D506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting See chapter 9 5 714 Underload protection field weakening area load 234567 2 7 18 The torque limit can be set between 10 0 150 0 x Tamotor This parameter gives the value for the minimum torque allowed when Par ID714 the output frequency is above the field weakening point See Figure 8 52 If you change parameter ID113 Motor nominal current this para meter is automatically restored to the default value See chapter 9 5 Par ID715 Underload area f gt Fieldweakening point par ID602 NX12k65 Figure 8 52 Setting of minimum load Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 187 715 716 717 718 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com Underload protection zero frequency load 234567 2 7 19 The torque limit can be set between 5 0 150 0 x TnMotor Th
239. three times see the product s user s manual Overcurrent F1 Overvoltage F2 Undervoltage F9 Frequency converter overtemperature F14 Motor overtemperature F16 Reference fault F50 Response to thermistor fault 234567 272i 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to D506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Setting the parameter to 0 will deactivate the protection Response to fieldbus fault 234567 2 Ze Set here the response mode for the fieldbus fault if fieldbus is the active control place For more information see the respective Fieldbus Board Manual See parameter ID732 Response to slot fault 234567 2723 Set here the response mode for a board slot fault due to missing or broken board See parameter ID732 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 0 191 738 Automatic restart Number of tries after underload fault trip 2 8 10 This parameter determines how many automatic restarts can be made during the trial time set by parameter ID718 0 No automatic restart after Underload fault trip gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after Underload fault trip 739 Number of PT100 inputs in use 567 2 7 24 If you have a PT100 input board installed in your frequency converter you can choose here the number of PT100 inputs in use See also the Vacon I O boards manual 0 Not used 1 PT100 input 1 2 PT100 inp
240. top command the speed of Motor speed the motor is reduced according to the Output frequency set deceleration parameters as fast as pes possible to the speed defined with parameter ID515 where the DC braking starts Beane x s par ID515 The braking time is defined with parameter ID508 If high inertia exists t it is recommended to use an external t Par ID508 braking resistor for faster deceleration See Figure 8 45 NX12K23 Figure 8 45 DC braking time when Stop mode Ramp 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 172 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 509 510 577 512 513 514 515 516 Prohibit frequency area 1 Low limit 23457 2 5 1 Prohibit frequency area 1 High limit 23457 252 Prohibit frequency area 2 Low limit 3457 2 5 3 Prohibit frequency area 2 High limit 3457 2 9 4 Prohibit frequency area 3 Low limit 3457 2 5 5 Prohibit frequency area 3 High limit 3457 2 5 6 In some systems it may be necessary to avoid certain frequencies because of mechanical resonance problems With these parameters it is possible to set Output limits for the skip frequency region frequency Hz See Figure 8 46 Reference Hz T gt NX12K33 Figure 8 46 Example of prohibit frequency area setting DC braking frequency at stop 234567 2 4 10 The output frequency at which the DC braking Is applied See Figure 8 46
241. towards the forward command It depends on the amount of joystick hysteresis defined with this parameter how much the joystick potentiometer must be turned to start the increase of the frequency towards the selected maximum frequency If the value of this parameter is 0 the frequency starts to increase linearly immediately when the joystick potentiometer is turned towards the forward command from the middle position When the control is changed from forward to reverse the frequency follows the same pattern the other way round See Figure 8 34 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 156 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS Frequency reference Hz REVERSE FORWARD 50 50 Reference scaling max B ID304 70Hz From reverse to forward Max freq ID102 50Hz La From forward to reverse Analogue input V mA Min freq ID101 0 10V 20mA Ref scaling min E Ganl T Par ID322 L 90 Joystick hysteresis ID384 20 NX12k92 Figure 8 34 An example of joystick hysteresis In this example the value of par D385 Sleep limit 0 385 Al sleep limit 6 2229 The frequency converter is stopped if the Al signal level falls below the Sleep limit defined with this parameter See also par D386 and Figure 8 35 Frequency reference Hz REVERSE FORWARD 50 50 Reference scaling max ID304 70Hz From reverse to forward Max freq ID102 50Hz START STOP a
242. trol reference Fieldbus control reference Presetspeedt 000 pana Hz 1000 H reeds preset by operator Presetspeed 000 P212 Hz 50 00 106 Table 2 3 Basic parameters 62 1 3 Fieldbus Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 STANDARD APPLICATION VACON 17 2 4 3 Input signals Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 2 Parameter Start fwd Start rvs Start Stop Rvs Fwd Start Stop Run enable Start pulse Stop pulse Start fwd Start rvs Start Stop Rvs Fwd Start Stop Run enable 0 Not used 1 Ext fault closing cont 2 Ext fault opening cont 3 Run enable P2 2 2 DIN3 function 0 8 1 301 4 Acc Dec time select 5 Force cp to IO 6 Force cp to keypad 7 Force cp to fieldbus 8 Reverse Analogue input 2 0 0 20mA 0 10V Selects the frequency that P224 Reference scaling 320 00 Hz 303 corresponds to the min minimum value reference signal 0 00 No scaling Selects the frequency that P225 Reference scaling 320 00 Hz 304 corresponds to the max maximum value reference signal 0 00 No scaling P2 2 6 Reference inversion 1 305 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted P2 2 7 _ Reference filter time 0 00 10 00 s 010 306 O Nofiltering P2 2 8 AI signal selection A oga eee oar amina methed used See page 66 P2 2 9 Al2 signal selection A Gas TUF Eno dra nm Ste used See page 66 Table 2 4 Input signals 62 2 Start Stop logic Rising edge required to
243. ts The interlocking signals come from the motor switches The signals functions are connected to digital inputs which are programmed as interlock inputs using the corresponding parameters The pump and fan control automatics only control the motors with active interlock data e The interlock data can be used even when the Autochange function is not activated e If the interlock of an auxiliary drive is inactivated and another unused auxiliary drive available the latter will be put to use without stopping the frequency converter e fthe interlock of the controlled drive is inactivated all motors will be stopped and re started with the new set up e If the interlock is re activated in Run status the automatics functions according to parameter 2 9 23 nterlock selection 0 Not used 1 Update in stop Interlocks are used The new drive will be placed last in the autochange line without stopping the system However if the autochange order now becomes for example P1 gt P3 gt P4 gt P2 it will be updated in the next Stop autochange sleep stop etc Example P1 gt P3 gt P4 gt P2 LOCKED DPI gt P3 gt P4 gt P2 gt SLEEP gt P1 gt P2 gt P3 gt P 2 Stop amp Update Interlockings are used The automatics will stop all motors immediately and re start with a new set up Example P1 gt P2 gt Pal gt P3 LOCKED gt STOP gt P1 gt P2 gt P3 gt P4 See Chapter 7 4 3 Examples
244. ts of the frequency converter connect the drives to the frequency converter or to the mains If the motor controlled by the frequency con verter is included in the autochange sequence it is always controlled through the relay output activated first The other relays activated later control the auxiliary drives see Figure 7 5 and Figure 7 6 Parameter 2 9 24 Autochange O Autochange not used 1 Autochange used The automatic change of starting and stopping order is activated and applied to either the auxiliary drives only or the auxiliary drives and the drive controlled by the frequency converter depending on the setting of parameter 2 9 25 Automatics selection By default the Autochange is activated for 2 drives See Figure 7 1 and Figure 7 5 Parameter 2 9 25 Autochange Interlockings automatics selection 0 Automatics autochange interlockings applied to auxiliary drives only The drive controlled by the frequency converter remains the same Therefore mains contactor is needed for one auxiliary drive only 1 All drives included in the autochange interlockings sequence The drive controlled by the frequency converter is included in the automatics and a contactor is needed for each drive to connect it to either the mains or the frequency converter Parameter 2 9 26 Autochange interval After the expiry of the time defined with this parameter the autochange function takes place if the capacity used lies below the level defined with para
245. uency frequency Max freq ID102 Max freq ID102 Analogue ID344 4 Analogue Min freq ID101 input V F Min freq ID101 1 input V 4 T gt 0 10 NX12K35 Figure 8 23 Left Par 1D344 0 No reference scaling Right Reference scaling Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 147 346 Output freq limit 2 supervision function 394567 23 12 2 3 4 3 2 3 2 3 O No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision 3 Brake on control Application 6 only see chapter 9 1 on page 215 4 Brake on off control Application 6 only see chapter 9 1 on page 215 If the output frequency goes under over the set limit ID347 this function generates a warning message through a digital output depending on 1 the settings of parameters ID312 to ID314 applications 3 4 5 or 2 to which output the supervision signal 2 ID448 is connected applications 6 and 7 Brake control uses different output functions See parameters ID445 amp ID446 347 Output frequency limit 2 supervision value 94567 2 3 13 2 3 4 4 2 3 2 4 Selects the frequency value supervised by parameter ID346 See Figure 8 16 348 Torque limit supervision function 34567 2 3 14 2 3 4 8 2 3 2 5 O No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision 3 Brake off control Application 6 only see chapter 9 1 on page 215 If the calculated torque value falls below
246. ult not stored eS Eee eee supervision 0 No response Earth fault 1 S of the motor E O E temperature factor E 00 at zero speed mea ae frp constant Motor duty cycle 0 150 100 708 an No response 1 Warning Sall dd 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting Stallcurrent_ 000 2x a w ff mop Stalltimelimit_ 100 12000 s 1500 m oo Stall frequency limit 1 0 P212 Hz 250 nz o 0 No response Underload 3 713 1 Warning protection 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting Teme fe ee ph O area load Zero frequency load 50 1500 100 7s o Underload protection time limit 0 No response Response to 3 2 732 1 Warning thermistor fault 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting Response to Response to slot 3 S T Pare fault Table 4 9 Protections G2 7 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 48 VACON MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION 4 4 9 Autorestart parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 8 Parameter 8 S fon f om t E e P28 2 Trialtime 000 4000 s 3000 7s on Ramp Start function 1 Flying start S According to P2 4 6 undervoltage trip eee O B C overvoltage trip overcurrent trip Number of tries after 4mA reference trip ofe foe fmf Number of tries after 10 726 motor temp fault trip Number of tries after external fault trip o fo ow foe a o
247. ustom setting maximum 67 2294 2 2 5 5 See ID s 144 and 145 Al signal inversion 567 22442255 225 6 See ID151 Motor control mode 1 2 6 2 2 7 22 Contact is open oc Motor control mode 1 is selected Contact is closed cc Motor control mode 2 is selected See parameter ID s 600 and 521 Change from open loop to closed loop control modes and vice versa can only be made in stop state All joystick offset 6 22271 Define the frequency zero point as follows With this parameter on display place the potentiometer at the assumed zero point and press Enteron the keypad Note This will not however change the reference scaling Press Reset button to change the parameter value back to 0 00 Al2 joystick offset 6 2 2 3 11 See par ID165 PID reference 1 57 3 4 The PID controller keypad reference can be set between 0 and 100 This reference value is the active PID reference if parameter ID332 2 PID reference 2 57 3 5 The PID controller keypad reference 2 can be set between 0 and 100 This reference is active if the DIN5 function 13 and the DIN5 contact is closed Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 131 169 170 179 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com Fieldbus DIN 4 FBFixedControlWord bit 6 6 22927 Fieldbus DIN 5 FBFixedControlWord bit 7 6 2 3 3 28 The data from the fieldbus can be led to the digital outputs o
248. utochange frequency limit 7 2 9 28 These parameters define the level below which the capacity used must remain so that the autochange can take place This level is defined as follows e fthe number of running auxiliary drives is smaller than the value of parameter 1D1030 the autochange function can take place s fthe number of running auxiliary drives is equal to the value of parameter ID1030 and the frequency of the controlled drive is below the value of parameter ID1031 the autochange can take place e fthe value of parameter ID1031 is 0 0 Hz the autochange can take place only in rest position Stop and Sleep regardless of the value of parameter ID1030 Output frequency A Autochange moment Par ID1030 1 Max number of auxiliary drives Par ID1031 Autochange level frequency Par 1D1029 i Par ID1029 Autochange interval Autochange interval Aux drive 1 control Aux drive 2 control NX12k98 fh3 Figure 8 65 Autochange interval and limits Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 203 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com Interlock selection 7 2 9 23 With this parameter you can activate or deactivate the feedback signal from the drives The interlock feedback signals come from the switches that connect the motors to the automatic control frequency co
249. uts 1 and 2 3 PT100 inputs 1 2 and 3 4 PT100 inputs 2 and 3 5 PT100 input 3 Note If the selected value is greater than the actual number of used PT100 inputs the display will read 200 C If the input is short circuited the displayed value is 30 C 740 Response to PT100 fault 567 2725 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to D506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting 741 PT100 warning limit 567 127 26 Set here the limit at which the PT100 warning will be activated 742 PT100 fault limit 567 27 27 Set here the limit at which the PT100 fault F564 will be activated 750 Cooling monitor 6 22723 When using a liquid cooled drive connect this input to the Cooling OK signal from the heat exchange unit or any input that shows the state of the used cooling unit A fault is generated if the input is low when the drive is in RUN state If the drive is in STOP state only warning is generated See the user s manual for Vacon liquid cooled drives 751 Cooling fault delay 6 2 7 32 This parameter defines the delay after which the drive goes to FAULT state when the Cooling OK signal is missing 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 192 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 752 753 754 755 756 Speed error fault function 6 2 7 33 Defines the fault response when the speed reference and the encoder speed exceed set limit
250. vacon DRIVEN BY DRIVES NX FREQUENCY CONVERTERS 11 11 ALL IN ONE APPLICATION MANUAL 2 9 VACON CONTENTS VACON NX All in One APPLICATION MANUAL INDEX 1 Basic Application 2 Standard Application 3 Local Remote Control Application 4 Multi step Speed Control Application 5 PID Control Application 6 Multi purpose Control Application 7 Pump and Fan Control Application 8 Description of parameters 9 Appendices 10 Fault tracing Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 VACON 3 ABOUT THE Allin One APPLICATION MANUAL In the All in One Application Manual you will find information about the different applications in cluded in the Allin One Application Package Should these applications not meet the requirements of your process please contact the manufacturer for information on special applications This manual is available in both paper and electronic editions We recommend you to use the electronic version if possible If you have the electronic version at your disposal you will be able to benefit from the following features The manual contains several links and cross references to other locations in the manual which makes it easier for the reader to move around in the manual to check and find things faster The manual also contains hyperlinks to web pages To visit these web pages through the links you must have an internet browser installed on your computer 24 hour support 358
251. vacon com 24 VACON LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION 3 2 Control 1 0 Reference potentiometer 1 10 KQ C S oe Remote control 24V RUN La a gt VAc Poe a _ OPT A1 Terminal Signal Description 1 10V ef Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc 2 AM Analogue input 1 Analogue input 1 reference for place B Voltage range 0 10V DC Programmable P2 1 12 3 AIT 1 0 Ground Ground for reference and controls 4 Al2 Analogue input 2 Analogue input 2 reference for place A 5 Al2 Current range 0O 20mA Programmable P2 1 11 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1A 7 GND 1 0 ground Ground for reference and controls 8 DIN1 Place A Start forward Contact closed start forward Programmable logic P2 2 1 9 DIN2 Place A Start reverse Contact closed start reverse Ri min 5 kohm 10 DIN3 External fault input Contact open no fault Programmable P2 2 2 Contact closed fault 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see 6 13 GND 1 0 ground Ground for reference and controls 14 DIN4 Place B Start forward Contact closed start forward Programmable logic P2 2 15 15 DIN5 Place B Start reverse Contact closed start reverse Ri min 5 kohm 16 DIN6 Place A B selection Contact open place A is active C
252. w limit 7 2 9 19 1024 Output pressure drop value 7 2 9 20 In pressure increase stations there may be need for decreasing the output pressure if the input pressure decreases below a certain limit The input pressure measurement which is needed is connected to the analogue input selected with parameter ID1021 See Figure 8 60 Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 199 Vacon NX Input pressure measurement selected with par ID1021 Pl controller actual value input par ID333 NX12k93 fh8 Figure 8 60 Input and output pressure measuring With parameters ID1022 and 1D1023 the limits for the area of the input pressure where the output pressure is decreased can be selected The values are in percent of the input pressure measurement maximum value With parameter ID1024 the value for the output pressure decrease within this area can be set The value is in percent of the reference value maximum See Figure 8 61 OUTPUT PRESSURE Par ID1024 Output pressure drop value INPUT PRESSUR Par ID1026 Input pressure high limit Par ID1032 Input pressure low limit PUMP631 DS4 Figure 8 61 Output pressure behaviour depending on input pressure and parameter settings 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com 200 VACON DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 1025 Frequency drop delay after starting auxiliary drive 7 2 9 21 1026 Frequency
253. x 358 0 201 212 205 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 0 115 7 5 5 Code P2 4 1 Parameter Min Max Ramp 1 shape 00 10 0 P2 4 2 Ramp 2 shape EEN 10 0 P2 4 3 3000 0 P2 4 4 3000 0 Brake chopper a a sne o e ET P2 4 8 DC braking current 0 00 pa 0 DC braking time EEN 600 00 at stop Frequency to start DC braking during 0 10 10 00 ramp stop P2411 DC braking time EN 600 00 at start P2 4 12 Flux brake EEN pa 413 Flux braking EN current Table 7 15 Drive control parameters 62 4 P2 4 10 7 5 6 Code P2 5 1 Parameter Min Prohibit ee do range 1 low limit Prohibit RR oo range 1 high limit aal range 2 low limit Prohibit coe mo range 2 high limit Prohibit ET a range 3 low limit Prohibit frequency pene range 3 high limit 000 ramp P2 5 2 P2 5 3 P2 5 4 P2 5 5 Table 7 16 Prohibit frequency parameters G2 5 24 hour support 358 0 40 837 1150 e Email vaconfavacon com Unit S Unit Drive control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 4 Default Cust Note 0 1 0 Linear gt 0 S curve ramp time O Linear ta mm 10 0 502 e BID 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no testing 0 Ramp 505 1 Flying start 2 Conditional flying start 0 Coasting 1 Ramp 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable ramp om e 0 DC brake is off at stop oa
254. yeig 0 2 TRUE Motor torque gt ID349 3 Brake off Brake on Run state ON No Run request _ DELAY COUNT Reversing on No run request No brake on control 0 2 Brake on ctrl 2 limits 3 No brake on control 0 3 Brake on off crtl 1 limit 4 04 U09 uo sye1g ID316 ID347 Output frequency NX12k114 fh8 Figure 9 2 Brake control logic When using the Master Follower function the follower drive will open the brake at the same time with the Master even if the Follower s conditions for brake opening have not been met Tel 358 0 201 2121 e Fax 358 0 201 212 205 APPENDICES VACON 217 9 2 Closed loop parameters ID s 612 to 621 Select the Closed loop control mode by setting value 3 or 4 for parameter ID600 Closed loop control mode see page 175 is used when enhanced performance near zero speed and better static speed accuracy with higher speeds are needed Closed loop control mode is based on rotor flux oriented current vector control With this controlling principle the phase currents are divided into a torque producing current portion and a magnetizing current portion Thus the squirrel cage induction machine can be controlled in a fashion of a separately excited DC motor Note These parameters can be used with Vacon NXP drive only EXAMPLE Motor Control Mode 3 Closed loop speed control

"all in one"

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

&quot;all in one&quot;

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

"all in one"